SEBU8354-09 (en-us)

December 2020

Operation and
Maintenance
Manual
924H, 924HZ, 928HZ, 930H Wheel
Loaders
HXC 1-UP (924H)
KLN 1-UP (924H)
JTM 1-UP (924H)
RRS 1-UP (924H)
JZZ 1-UP (924HZ)
RCB 1-UP (924HZ)
PED 1-UP (924HZ)
WLB 1-UP (924HZ)
JRL 1-UP (924HZ)
CXK 1-UP (928HZ)
BYD 1-UP (928HZ)
DHC 1-UP (930H)
FTD 1-UP (930H)

Language: Original Instructions

Scan to find and purchase genuine Cat® parts and related

service information.
 i07966018

Important Safety Information

Most accidents that involve product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure to observe
basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentially hazardous
situations before an accident occurs. A person must be alert to potential hazards, including human factors
that can affect safety. This person should also have the necessary training, skills and tools to perform these
functions properly.
Improper operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous and could
result in injury or death.
Do not operate or perform any lubrication, maintenance or repair on this product, until you verify
that you are authorized to perform this work, and have read and understood the operation,
lubrication, maintenance and repair information.
Safety precautions and warnings are provided in this manual and on the product. If these hazard warnings
are not heeded, bodily injury or death could occur to you or to other persons.
The hazards are identified by the “Safety Alert Symbol” and followed by a “Signal Word” such as
“DANGER”, “WARNING” or “CAUTION”. The Safety Alert “WARNING” label is shown below.

The meaning of this safety alert symbol is as follows:

Attention! Become Alert! Your Safety is Involved.
The message that appears under the warning explains the hazard and can be either written or pictorially
presented.
A non-exhaustive list of operations that may cause product damage are identified by “NOTICE” labels on
the product and in this publication.
Caterpillar cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard.
The warnings in this publication and on the product are, therefore, not all inclusive. You must not
use this product in any manner different from that considered by this manual without first
satisfying yourself that you have considered all safety rules and precautions applicable to the
operation of the product in the location of use, including site-specific rules and precautions
applicable to the worksite. If a tool, procedure, work method or operating technique that is not
specifically recommended by Caterpillar is used, you must satisfy yourself that it is safe for you
and for others. You should also ensure that you are authorized to perform this work, and that the
product will not be damaged or become unsafe by the operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair
procedures that you intend to use.
The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of information that was
available at the time that the publication was written. The specifications, torques, pressures,
measurements, adjustments, illustrations, and other items can change at any time. These changes can
affect the service that is given to the product. Obtain the complete and most current information before you
start any job. Cat dealers have the most current information available.

NOTICE
When replacement parts are required for this product Caterpillar recommends using original Cater-
pillar® replacement parts.
Other parts may not meet certain original equipment specifications.
When replacement parts are installed, the machine owner/user should ensure that the machine re-
mains in compliance with all applicable requirements.

In the United States, the maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and
systems may be performed by any repair establishment or individual of the owner's choosing.
SEBU8354-09 3
Table of Contents

Table of Contents Product Information Section

General Information ........................................ 33

Foreword ........................................................... 4
Identification Information ................................. 68
Safety Section

Safety Messages............................................... 6
Operation Section

Before Operation ............................................. 74

Additional Messages ....................................... 13
Machine Operation .......................................... 77
General Hazard Information............................ 14
Engine Starting...............................................114
Crushing Prevention and Cutting Prevention.. 17
Adjustments....................................................116
Burn Prevention............................................... 18
Parking ...........................................................119
Fire Prevention and Explosion Prevention...... 18
Transportation Information ............................ 122
Fire Extinguisher Location............................... 21
Towing Information ........................................ 124
Tire Information ............................................... 22
Engine Starting (Alternate Methods)............. 127
Electrical Storm Injury Prevention ................... 23

Before Starting Engine .................................... 23 Maintenance Section

Visibility Information ........................................ 24 Tire Inflation Information................................ 129

Engine Starting................................................ 24 Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities ... 132

Before Operation ............................................. 24 Maintenance Support .................................... 138

Operation......................................................... 24 Maintenance Interval Schedule..................... 139

Engine Stopping .............................................. 25 Reference Information Section

High Pressure Fuel Lines ................................ 25 Reference Materials ...................................... 188

Parking ............................................................ 27 Index Section

Slope Operation .............................................. 27 Index.............................................................. 199

Work Tools....................................................... 28

Equipment Lowering with Engine Stopped ..... 28

Sound Information and Vibration Information . 28

Operator Station .............................................. 31

Guards (Operator Protection) ......................... 31

4 SEBU8354-09
Foreword

Foreword Whenever a question arises regarding your machine,

or this publication, please consult your Cat dealer for
the latest available information.
California Proposition 65 Warning
Safety
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the State of The safety section lists basic safety precautions. In
California to cause cancer, birth defects, addition, this section identifies the text and locations
of warning signs and labels used on the machine.
and other reproductive harm.
Read and understand the basic precautions listed in
WARNING – This product can the safety section before operating or performing
expose you to chemicals lubrication, maintenance, and repair on this machine.
including ethylene glycol, which
is known to the State of California to Operation
cause birth defects or other reproductive
harm. For more information go to: The operation section is a reference for the new
operator and a refresher for the experienced
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov operator. This section includes a discussion of
gauges, switches, machine controls, attachment
Do not ingest this chemical. Wash hands controls, transportation, and towing information.
after handling to avoid incidental Photographs and illustrations guide the operator
ingestion. through correct procedures of checking, starting,
operating, and stopping the machine.
WARNING – This product can
expose you to chemicals Operating techniques outlined in this publication are
basic. Skill and techniques develop as the operator
including lead and lead gains knowledge of the machine and its capabilities.
compounds, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer, birth Maintenance
defects, or other reproductive harm. For
more information go to: The maintenance section is a guide to equipment
care. The Maintenance Interval Schedule (MIS) lists
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov the items to be maintained at a specific service
interval. Items without specific intervals are listed
Wash hands after handling components under the "When Required" service interval. The
that may contain lead. Maintenance Interval Schedule lists the page number
for the step-by-step instructions required to
accomplish the scheduled maintenance. Use the
Literature Information Maintenance Interval Schedule as an index or "one
safe source" for all maintenance procedures.
This manual should be stored in the operator's
compartment in the literature holder or seat back Maintenance Intervals
literature storage area.
Use the service hour meter to determine servicing
This manual contains safety information, operation
intervals. Calendar intervals shown (daily, weekly,
instructions, transportation information, lubrication
information, and maintenance information. monthly, etc.) can be used instead of service hour
meter intervals if the calendar intervals provide more
Some photographs or illustrations in this publication convenient servicing schedules and approximate the
show details or attachments that can be different indicated service hour meter reading. Perform the
from your machine. Guards and covers might have recommended service at the interval that occurs first.
been removed for illustrative purposes.
Under severe, dusty, or wet operating conditions,
Continuing improvement and advancement of more frequent lubrication than is specified in the
product design might have caused changes to your maintenance intervals chart might be necessary.
machine which are not included in this publication.
Read, study, and keep this manual with the machine.
SEBU8354-09 5
Foreword

Perform service on items at multiples of the original 2. Machine Descriptor (characters 4-8)
requirement. For example, at every 500 service
hours or 3 months, also service those items listed 3. Check Character (character 9)
under every 250 service hours or monthly and every
10 service hours or daily. 4. Machine Indicator Section (MIS) or Product
Sequence Number (characters 10-17). These were
previously referred to as the Serial Number.
Certified Engine Maintenance
Machines and generator sets produced before First
Proper maintenance and repair are essential to keep Quarter 2001 will maintain their 8 character PIN
the engine and machine systems operating correctly. format.
As the heavy-duty off-road diesel engine owner, you
are responsible for the performance of the required Components such as engines, transmissions, axles,
maintenance listed in the Owner Manual, Operation and work tools will continue to use an 8 character
and Maintenance Manual, and Service Manual. Serial Number (S/N).

It is prohibited for any person engaged in the

business of repairing, servicing, selling, leasing, or
trading engines or machines to remove, alter, or to
render inoperative, any emission-related device or
element of design installed on or in an engine or
machine that is in compliance with all applicable
regulations of the intended country to which it has
been shipped. Certain elements of the machine and
engine such as the exhaust system, fuel system,
electrical system, intake air system, and cooling
system may be emission-related and should not be
altered unless approved by Caterpillar.

Machine Capacity
Additional attachments or modifications may exceed
machine design capacity which can adversely affect
performance characteristics. Included would be
stability and system certifications such as brakes,
steering, and rollover protective structures (ROPS).
Contact your Cat dealer for further information.

Product Identification Number

Effective First Quarter 2001 the Product Identification
Number (PIN) has changed from 8 to 17 characters.
To provide uniform equipment identification,
construction equipment manufacturers are moving to
comply with the latest version of the product
identification numbering standard. Non-road machine
PINs are defined by ISO 10261. The new PIN format
will apply to all machines and generator sets. The
PIN plates and frame marking will display the 17
character PIN. The new format will look like the
following:

Illustration 1 g03891925

Where:
1. World Manufacturing Code (characters 1-3)
6 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Safety Section
i03652328

Safety Messages
SMCS Code: 7000
There are several specific safety messages on this
machine. The exact location of the hazards and the
description of the hazards are reviewed in this
section. Please become familiarized with all safety
messages.
Make sure that all of the safety messages are legible.
Clean the safety messages or replace the safety
messages if you cannot read the words. Replace the
illustrations if the illustrations are not legible. When
you clean the safety messages, use a cloth, water
and soap. Do not use solvent, gasoline, or other
harsh chemicals to clean the safety messages.
Solvents, gasoline, or harsh chemicals could loosen
the adhesive that secures the safety message. Loose
adhesive will allow the safety message to fall.
Replace any safety message that is damaged, or
missing. If a safety message is attached to a part that
is replaced, install a safety message on the
replacement part. Any Caterpillar dealer can provide
new safety messages.
SEBU8354-09 7
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Illustration 2 g01507858

Do Not Operate (1b)

This warning message is positioned in the cab on the
right side.
8 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Illustration 3 g01370904 Illustration 4 g01372254

Do not operate or work on the machine unless Do not use aerosol types of starting aids such as
you have read and understand the instructions ether. Such use could result in an explosion and
and warnings in the Operation and Maintenance personal injury.
manuals. Failure to follow the instruction or heed
the warnings could result in injury or death. Con-
tact any Caterpillar dealer for replacement man-
uals. proper care is your responsibility. Stay Away From Work Tool (1c)
For machines equipped with quick coupler, im- This warning message is positioned in the cab on the
proper attachment of implements could result in right side.
injury or death.
Do not operate this machine until you have posi-
tive indication that the coupler pins are fully en-
gaged. Follow recommended procedure in
Operation and Maintenance manual.
If machine is radio equipped, radio must be fas-
tened securely. Failure to do so could allow the
radio to fall out during rough machine operation
or roll over and result in injury. Refer to Operation
and Maintenance manual for specific fastening
and latching requirements.
Do not spray ether into engine when using ther-
mal starting aid to start engine. Personal injury
and machine damage could result. Illustration 5 g01377715

Ether (1a)
No clearance for person in this area during opera-
This warning message is positioned in the cab on the tion. Severe injury or death from crushing could
right side. occur. Stay away from the work tool while it is in
operation.

No Clearance (2 & 10)

This warning label is positioned on the machine at
the center pivot on both sides.
SEBU8354-09 9
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Illustration 6 g01371644 Illustration 7 g01370912

No clearance for person in this area when ma- This system contains high pressure gas. Failure
chine turns. Severe injury or death from crushing to follow the instructions and warnings could
could occur. cause an explosion, resulting in possible injury
or death.
Do not expose to fire. Do not weld. Do not drill.
High Pressure Accumulator (3) Relieve pressure before discharging.
This warning label is positioned on the left side inside See Operation and Maintenance Manual for
the frame rail under the ladder. This warning label is charging and discharging. See your Caterpillar
positioned on the right side in the engine Dealer for tools and detailed information.
compartment behind the cab.

Seat Belt (4)

This warning message is positioned in the cab on the
right side.
10 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Illustration 9 g01211895

Structural damage, an overturn, modification, al-

teration, or improper repair can impair this struc-
Illustration 8 g01371636 ture's protection capability thereby voiding this
certification. Do not weld on or drill holes in the
structure. Consult a Caterpillar dealer to deter-
mine this structure's limitations without voiding
its certification.
A seat belt should be worn at all times during ma-
chine operation to prevent serious injury or death
in the event of an accident or machine overturn. This machine has been certified to the standards that
Failure to wear a seat belt during machine opera- are listed on the certification plate. The maximum
tion may result in serious injury or death. mass of the machine, which includes the operator
and the attachments without a payload, should not
exceed the mass on the certification film.
ROPS (5) Do Not Use Ether Starting Aid (6)
This warning message is positioned on the outside of
the cab on the left rear side. This warning message is positioned on the hood on
the right side of the machine.
SEBU8354-09 11
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Illustration 10 g01372254 Illustration 11 g01371640

Do not use aerosol types of starting aids such as Pressurized system! Hot coolant can cause seri-
ether. Such use could result in an explosion and ous burns, injury or death. To open the cooling
personal injury. system filler cap, stop the engine and wait until
the cooling system components are cool. Loosen
the cooling system pressure cap slowly in order
to relieve the pressure. Read and understand the
Pressurized Cooling System (7) Operation and Maintenance Manual before per-
forming any cooling system maintenance.
Open the access panel. The warning is positioned on
the radiator on the left side of the machine.
Improper Connections of the Jump
Start Cables (8)
Remove the access panel on either side of the
machine. The warning is positioned on the inside of
the compartments.
12 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Safety Messages

Illustration 12 g01370909 Illustration 13 g01371647

Explosion Hazard! Improper jumper cable con- Connect the steering frame lock between the
nections can cause an explosion resulting in seri- front and the rear frames before lifting, transport-
ous injury or death. Batteries may be located in ing, or servicing the machine in the articulation
separate compartments. Refer to the Operation area. Disconnect the steering frame lock and se-
and Maintenance Manual for the correct jump cure the steering frame lock before resuming op-
starting procedure. eration. Severe injury or death could occur.

Articulation Lock (9) Product Link (11)

This warning label is positioned on the machine at This safety message is located inside the cab on the
the articulation joint on the left side. right hand window.
SEBU8354-09 13
Safety Section
Additional Messages

Illustration 14 g01370917 Illustration 15 g01507713

This machine is equipped with a Caterpillar Prod- Inhaling air conditioner refrigerant gas through a
uct Link communication device. When electric/ lit cigarette or other smoking method or inhaling
electronic detonators are used, this communica- fumes released from a flame contacting air condi-
tion device should be deactivated within 12 m tioner refrigerant gas can cause personal injury
(40 ft) of a blast site, or within the distance man- or death. Do not smoke when servicing air condi-
dated under applicable legal requirements. Fail- tioners or wherever refrigerant gas may be
ure to do so could cause interference with present.
blasting operations and result in serious injury or
death.
i02997310

Dryer for the Refrigerant (12) Additional Messages

This safety message is located behind the cab under SMCS Code: 7000
the panel on the left side of the machine.
There are several specific messages on this
machine. Please become familiarized with all
messages.
Make sure that all of the messages are legible. Clean
the messages or replace the messages if you cannot
read the words.
When you clean the messages, use a cloth, water
and soap. Do not use solvent, gasoline, or other
harsh chemicals to clean the messages. Solvents,
gasoline, or harsh chemicals could loosen the
adhesive that secures the messages. Loose
adhesive will allow the messages to fall.
Replace the illustrations if the illustrations are not
legible. Replace any message that is damaged, or
missing. If a message is attached to a part that is
replaced, install a message on the replacement part.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer for replacement of
messages.
14 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
General Hazard Information

Product Link (If Equipped) Attach a “Do Not Operate” warning tag or a similar
warning tag to the start switch or to the controls.
Attach the warning tag before you service the
equipment or before you repair the equipment.
Warning tag SEHS7332 is available from your Cat
dealer.

Operating the machine while distracted can result

in the loss of machine control. Use extreme cau-
tion when using any device while operating the
machine. Operating the machine while distracted
can result in personal injury or death.

Know the width of your equipment to maintain proper

clearance when you operate the equipment near
Illustration 16 g01418953 fences or near boundary obstacles.
If your machine is equipped with the Product Link Be aware of high-voltage power lines and power
System, this film will be located in the cab. The cables that are buried. If the machine comes in
Product Link System is a satellite communication contact with these hazards, serious injury or death
device that transmits information regarding the may occur from electrocution.
machine back to Caterpillar and Caterpillar dealers
and customers. All logged events and diagnostic
codes that are available to the Caterpillar Electronic
Technician (ET) on the CAT data link can be sent to
the satellite. Information can also be sent to the
Product Link System. The information is used to
improve Caterpillar products and Caterpillar services.
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“Product Link” for more information.

i08313103

General Hazard Information

SMCS Code: 7000
Illustration 18 g00702020

Wear a hard hat, protective glasses, and other

protective equipment, as required.
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry that can snag
on controls or on other parts of the equipment.
Make sure that all protective guards and all covers
are secured in place on the equipment.
Keep the equipment free from foreign material.
Remove debris, oil, tools, and other items from the
deck, from walkways, and from steps.
Secure all loose items such as lunch boxes, tools,
and other items that are not a part of the equipment.
Illustration 17 g00104545 Know the appropriate work site hand signals and the
Typical example personnel that are authorized to give the hand
signals. Accept hand signals from one person only.
SEBU8354-09 15
Safety Section
General Hazard Information

Do not smoke when you service an air conditioner. Avoid direct spraying of water on electrical
Also, do not smoke if refrigerant gas may be present. connectors, connections, and components. When
Inhaling the fumes that are released from a flame that using air for cleaning, allow the machine to cool to
contacts air conditioner refrigerant can cause bodily reduce the possibility of fine debris igniting when re-
harm or death. Inhaling gas from air conditioner deposited on hot surfaces.
refrigerant through a lighted cigarette can cause
bodily harm or death. Trapped Pressure
Never put maintenance fluids into glass containers.
Drain all liquids into a suitable container. Pressure can be trapped in a hydraulic system.
Releasing trapped pressure can cause sudden
Obey all local regulations for the disposal of liquids. machine movement or attachment movement. Use
caution if you disconnect hydraulic lines or fittings.
Use all cleaning solutions with care. Report all High-pressure oil that is released can cause a hose
necessary repairs. to whip. High-pressure oil that is released can cause
oil to spray. Fluid penetration can cause serious
Do not allow unauthorized personnel on the injury and possible death.
equipment.
Unless you are instructed otherwise, perform
Fluid Penetration
maintenance with the equipment in the servicing Pressure can be trapped in the hydraulic circuit long
position. Refer to Operation and Maintenance after the machine has been stopped. The pressure
Manual for the procedure for placing the equipment can cause hydraulic fluid or items such as pipe plugs
in the servicing position. to escape rapidly if the pressure is not relieved
When you perform maintenance above ground level, correctly.
use appropriate devices such as ladders or man lift Do not remove any hydraulic components or parts
machines. If equipped, use the machine anchorage until pressure has been relieved or personal injury
points and use approved fall arrest harnesses and may occur. Do not disassemble any hydraulic
lanyards. components or parts until pressure has been relieved
or personal injury may occur. Refer to the Service
Pressurized Air and Water Manual for any procedures that are required to
relieve the hydraulic pressure.
Pressurized air and/or water can cause debris and/or
hot water to be blown out. The debris and/or hot
water could result in personal injury.
When pressurized air and/or pressurized water is
used for cleaning, wear protective clothing, protective
shoes, and eye protection. Eye protection includes
goggles or a protective face shield.
The maximum air pressure for cleaning purposes
must be reduced to 205 kPa (30 psi) when the
nozzle is deadheaded and the nozzle is used with an
effective chip deflector and personal protective
equipment. The maximum water pressure for
cleaning purposes must be below 275 kPa (40 psi).
16 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
General Hazard Information

Obey all local regulations for the disposal of liquids.

Inhalation

Illustration 19 g00687600

Always use a board or cardboard when you check for

a leak. Leaking fluid that is under pressure can
penetrate body tissue. Fluid penetration can cause
serious injury and possible death. A pin hole leak can Illustration 20 g02159053
cause severe injury. If fluid is injected into your skin,
you must get treatment immediately. Seek treatment Exhaust
from a doctor that is familiar with this type of injury.
Use caution. Exhaust fumes can be hazardous to
your health. If you operate the machine in an
Containing Fluid Spillage enclosed area, adequate ventilation is necessary.
Care must be taken in order to ensure that fluids are
contained during performance of inspection, Asbestos Information
maintenance, testing, adjusting, and repair of the
equipment. Prepare to collect the fluid with suitable Cat equipment and replacement parts that are
containers before opening any compartment or shipped from Caterpillar are asbestos free.
disassembling any component that contains fluids. Caterpillar recommends the use of only genuine Cat
replacement parts. Use the following guidelines when
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Cat dealer you handle any replacement parts that contain
Service Tool Catalog” for the following items: asbestos or when you handle asbestos debris.

• Tools that are suitable for collecting fluids and Use caution. Avoid inhaling dust that might be
equipment that is suitable for collecting fluids generated when you handle components that contain
asbestos fibers. Inhaling this dust can be hazardous
• Tools that are suitable for containing fluids and to your health. The components that may contain
equipment that is suitable for containing fluids asbestos fibers are brake pads, brake bands, lining
material, clutch plates, and some gaskets. The
asbestos that is used in these components is bound
in a resin or sealed in some way. Normal handling is
not hazardous unless airborne dust that contains
asbestos is generated.
If dust that may contain asbestos is present, there
are several guidelines that should be followed:

• Never use compressed air for cleaning.

• Avoid brushing materials that contain asbestos.

• Avoid grinding materials that contain asbestos.

• Use a wet method in order to clean up asbestos
materials.
• A vacuum cleaner that is equipped with a high
efficiency particulate air filter (HEPA) can also be
used.
SEBU8354-09 17
Safety Section
Crushing Prevention and Cutting Prevention

• Use exhaust ventilation on permanent machining • Avoid brushing, grinding, or cutting materials
jobs. suspected of containing hexavalent chromium.

• Wear an approved respirator if there is no other • Obey environmental regulations for the disposal of
way to control the dust. all materials that may contain or have come into
contact with hexavalent chromium.
• Comply with applicable rules and regulations for
the work place. In the United States, use • Stay away from areas that might have hexavalent
Occupational Safety and Health Administration chromium particles in the air.
(OSHA) requirements. These OSHA requirements
can be found in “29 CFR 1910.1001”. In Japan, Dispose of Waste Properly
use the requirements found in the “Ordinance on
Prevention of Health Impairment due to Asbestos”
in addition to the requirements of the Industrial
Safety and Health Act.
• Obey environmental regulations for the disposal of
asbestos.
• Stay away from areas that might have asbestos
particles in the air.

Hexavalent Chromium Information

Cat equipment and replacement parts comply with
applicable regulations and requirements where
originally sold. Caterpillar recommends the use of
only genuine Cat replacement parts.
Illustration 21 g00706404
Hexavalent chromium has occasionally been
detected on exhaust and heat shield systems on Cat Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
engines. Although lab testing is the only accurate environment. Potentially harmful fluids should be
way to know if hexavalent chromium is, in fact, disposed of according to local regulations.
present, the presence of a yellow deposit in areas of
high heat (for example, exhaust system components Always use leakproof containers when you drain
or exhaust insulation) may be an indication of the fluids. Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a
presence of hexavalent chromium. drain, or into any source of water.

Use caution if you suspect the presence of i01359664

hexavalent chromium. Avoid skin contact when
handling items that you suspect may contain
hexavalent chromium, and avoid inhalation of any Crushing Prevention and
dust in the suspect area. Inhalation of, or skin contact
with, hexavalent chromium dust may be hazardous to
Cutting Prevention
your health. SMCS Code: 7000
If such yellow deposits are found on the engine, Support the equipment properly before you perform
engine component parts, or associated equipment or any work or maintenance beneath that equipment.
packages, Caterpillar recommends following local Do not depend on the hydraulic cylinders to hold up
health and safety regulations and guidelines, utilizing the equipment. Equipment can fall if a control is
good hygiene, and adhering to safe work practices moved, or if a hydraulic line breaks.
when handling the equipment or parts. Caterpillar
also recommends the following: Do not work beneath the cab of the machine unless
the cab is properly supported.
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment
(PPE). Unless you are instructed otherwise, never attempt
adjustments while the machine is moving or while the
• Wash your hands and face with soap and water engine is running.
prior to eating, drinking, or smoking, and also Never jump across the starter solenoid terminals in
during rest room breaks, to prevent ingestion of order to start the engine. Unexpected machine
any yellow powder. movement could result.
• Never use compressed air for cleaning areas
suspected of containing hexavalent chromium.
18 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Burn Prevention

Whenever there are equipment control linkages the Cooling system conditioner contains alkali. Alkali can
clearance in the linkage area will change with the cause personal injury. Do not allow alkali to contact
movement of the equipment or the machine. Stay the skin, the eyes, or the mouth.
clear of areas that may have a sudden change in
clearance with machine movement or equipment Oils
movement.
Stay clear of all rotating and moving parts. Hot oil and hot components can cause personal
injury. Do not allow hot oil to contact the skin. Also,
If it is necessary to remove guards in order to perform do not allow hot components to contact the skin.
maintenance, always install the guards after the
maintenance is performed. Remove the hydraulic tank filler cap only after the
engine has been stopped. The filler cap must be cool
Keep objects away from moving fan blades. The fan enough to touch with a bare hand. Follow the
blade will throw objects or cut objects. standard procedure in this manual to remove the
hydraulic tank filler cap.
Do not use a kinked wire cable or a frayed wire cable.
Wear gloves when you handle wire cable. Batteries
When you strike a retainer pin with force, the retainer The liquid in a battery is an electrolyte. Electrolyte is
pin can fly out. The loose retainer pin can injure an acid that can cause personal injury. Do not allow
personnel. Make sure that the area is clear of people electrolyte to contact the skin or the eyes.
when you strike a retainer pin. To avoid injury to your
eyes, wear protective glasses when you strike a Do not smoke while checking the battery electrolyte
retainer pin. levels. Batteries give off flammable fumes which can
explode.
Chips or other debris can fly off an object when you
strike the object. Make sure that no one can be Always wear protective glasses when you work with
injured by flying debris before striking any object. batteries. Wash hands after touching batteries. The
use of gloves is recommended.
i07746334
i07746336
Burn Prevention
SMCS Code: 7000 Fire Prevention and Explosion
Do not touch any part of an operating engine. Allow
Prevention
the engine to cool before any maintenance is SMCS Code: 7000
performed on the engine. Relieve all pressure in the
air system, in the oil system, in the lubrication
system, in the fuel system, or in the cooling system
before any lines, fittings, or related items are
disconnected.

Coolant
When the engine is at operating temperature, the
engine coolant is hot. The coolant is also under
pressure. The radiator and all lines to the heaters or
to the engine contain hot coolant.
Any contact with hot coolant or with steam can cause
severe burns. Allow cooling system components to
cool before the cooling system is drained.
Check the coolant level only after the engine has Illustration 22 g00704000
been stopped.
Ensure that the filler cap is cool before removing the General
filler cap. The filler cap must be cool enough to touch
with a bare hand. Remove the filler cap slowly to All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures
relieve pressure. are flammable.
To minimize the risk of fire or explosion, Caterpillar
recommends the following actions.
SEBU8354-09 19
Safety Section
Fire Prevention and Explosion Prevention

Always perform a Walk-Around Inspection, which

may help you identify a fire hazard. Do not operate a
machine when a fire hazard exists. Contact your Cat
dealer for service.
Understand the use of the primary exit and
alternative exit on the machine. Refer to Operation
and Maintenance Manual, “Alternative Exit”.
Do not operate a machine with a fluid leak. Repair
leaks and clean up fluids before resuming machine
operation. Fluids that are leaking or spilled onto hot
surfaces or onto electrical components can cause a
fire. A fire may cause personal injury or death.
Remove flammable material such as leaves, twigs,
papers, trash, and so on. These items may
accumulate in the engine compartment or around
other hot areas and hot parts on the machine.
Keep the access doors to major machine
compartments closed and access doors in working
condition in order to permit the use of fire
suppression equipment, in case a fire should occur.
Illustration 23 g03839130
Clean all accumulations of flammable materials such
as fuel, oil, and debris from the machine. Use caution when you are fueling a machine. Do not
smoke while you are fueling a machine. Do not fuel a
Do not operate the machine near any flame. machine near open flames or sparks. Do not use cell
phones or other electronic devices while you are
Keep shields in place. Exhaust shields (if equipped) refueling. Always stop the engine before fueling. Fill
protect hot exhaust components from oil spray or fuel the fuel tank outdoors. Properly clean areas of
spray in case of a break in a line, in a hose, or in a spillage.
seal. Exhaust shields must be installed correctly.
Avoid static electricity risk when fueling. Ultra low
Do not weld or flame cut on tanks or lines that contain sulfur diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static ignition
flammable fluids or flammable material. Empty and hazard than earlier diesel formulations with a higher
purge the lines and tanks. Then clean the lines and sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from fire
tanks with a nonflammable solvent prior to welding or or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system
flame cutting. Ensure that the components are supplier to ensure that the delivery system is in
properly grounded in order to avoid unwanted arcs. compliance with fueling standards for proper
grounding and bonding practices.
Dust that is generated from repairing nonmetallic
hoods or fenders may be flammable and/or
explosive. Repair such components in a well
ventilated area away from open flames or sparks.
Use suitable Personal Protection Equipment (PPE).
Inspect all lines and hoses for wear or deterioration.
Replace damaged lines and hoses. The lines and the
hoses should have adequate support and secure
clamps. Tighten all connections to the recommended
torque. Damage to the protective cover or insulation
may provide fuel for fires.
Store fuels and lubricants in properly marked
containers away from unauthorized personnel. Store
oily rags and flammable materials in protective
containers. Do not smoke in areas that are used for
storing flammable materials.
20 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Fire Prevention and Explosion Prevention

Never store flammable fluids in the operator • Abrasion

compartment of the machine.
• Cracking
Battery and Battery Cables • Discoloration
• Cuts on the insulation of the cable

• Fouling
• Corroded terminals, damaged terminals, and
loose terminals
Replace damaged battery cable(s) and replace any
related parts. Eliminate any fouling, which may have
caused insulation failure or related component
damage or wear. Ensure that all components are
reinstalled correctly.
An exposed wire on the battery cable may cause a
short to ground if the exposed area comes into
contact with a grounded surface. A battery cable
short produces heat from the battery current, which
may be a fire hazard.
An exposed wire on the ground cable between the
battery and the disconnect switch may cause the
disconnect switch to be bypassed if the exposed area
comes into contact with a grounded surface. This
Illustration 24 g03839133 may result in an unsafe condition for servicing the
machine. Repair components or replace components
Caterpillar recommends the following in order to before servicing the machine.
minimize the risk of fire or an explosion related to the
battery.
Do not operate a machine if battery cables or related
parts show signs of wear or damage. Contact your Fire on a machine can result in personal injury or
Cat dealer for service. death. Exposed battery cables that come into
contact with a grounded connection can result in
Follow safe procedures for engine starting with jump- fires. Replace cables and related parts that show
start cables. Improper jumper cable connections can signs of wear or damage. Contact your Cat
cause an explosion that may result in injury. Refer to dealer.
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Engine Starting
with Jump Start Cables” for specific instructions.
Do not charge a frozen battery. This may cause an
Wiring
explosion.
Check electrical wires daily. If any of the following
Gases from a battery can explode. Keep any open conditions exist, replace parts before you operate the
flames or sparks away from the top of a battery. Do machine.
not smoke in battery charging areas. Do not use cell
phones or other electronic devices in battery • Fraying
charging areas.
• Signs of abrasion or wear
Never check the battery charge by placing a metal
object across the terminal posts. Use a voltmeter in • Cracking
order to check the battery charge.
• Discoloration
Daily inspect battery cables that are in areas that are
visible. Inspect cables, clips, straps, and other • Cuts on insulation
restraints for damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Check for signs of the following, which can occur • Other damage
over time due to use and environmental factors: Make sure that all clamps, guards, clips, and straps
• Fraying are reinstalled correctly. This will help to prevent
vibration, rubbing against other parts, and excessive
heat during machine operation.
SEBU8354-09 21
Safety Section
Fire Extinguisher Location

Attaching electrical wiring to hoses and tubes that Make sure that all clamps, guards, and heat shields
contain flammable fluids or combustible fluids should are installed correctly. During machine operation, this
be avoided. will help to prevent vibration, rubbing against other
parts, excessive heat, and failure of lines, tubes, and
Consult your Cat dealer for repair or for replacement hoses.
parts.
Do not operate a machine when a fire hazard exists.
Keep wiring and electrical connections free of debris. Repair any lines that are corroded, loose, or
damaged. Leaks may provide fuel for fires. Consult
Lines, Tubes, and Hoses your Cat dealer for repair or for replacement parts.
Use genuine Cat parts or the equivalent, for
Do not bend high-pressure lines. Do not strike high- capabilities of both the pressure limit and
pressure lines. Do not install any lines that are bent temperature limit.
or damaged. Use the appropriate backup wrenches
in order to tighten all connections to the Ether
recommended torque.
Ether (if equipped) is commonly used in cold-weather
applications. Ether is flammable and poisonous.
Only use approved Ether canisters for the Ether
dispensing system fitted to your machine, do not
spray Ether manually into an engine, follow the
correct cold engine starting procedures. Refer to the
section in the Operation and Maintenance Manual
with the label “Engine Starting” .
Use ether in ventilated areas. Do not smoke while
you are replacing an ether cylinder.
Do not store ether cylinders in living areas or in the
operator compartment of a machine. Do not store
ether cylinders in direct sunlight or in temperatures
Illustration 25 g00687600
above 49° C (120.2° F). Keep ether cylinders away
from open flames or sparks.
Check lines, tubes, and hoses carefully. Wear
Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) in order to Dispose of used ether cylinders properly. Do not
check for leaks. Always use a board or cardboard puncture an ether cylinder. Keep ether cylinders
when you check for a leak. Leaking fluid that is under away from unauthorized personnel.
pressure can penetrate body tissue. Fluid penetration
can cause serious injury and possible death. A pin Fire Extinguisher
hole leak can cause severe injury. If fluid is injected
into your skin, you must get treatment immediately. As an additional safety measure, keep a fire
Seek treatment from a doctor that is familiar with this extinguisher on the machine.
type of injury.
Be familiar with the operation of the fire extinguisher.
Replace the affected parts if any of the following Inspect the fire extinguisher and service the fire
conditions are present: extinguisher regularly. Follow the recommendations
on the instruction plate.
• End fittings are damaged or leaking.
Consider installation of an aftermarket Fire
• Outer coverings are chafed or cut. Suppression System, if the application and working
conditions warrant the installation.
• Wires are exposed.
i02813883
• Outer coverings are swelling or ballooning.

• Flexible parts of the hoses are kinked. Fire Extinguisher Location

SMCS Code: 7000
• Outer covers have exposed embedded armoring.
Make sure that a fire extinguisher is on the machine.
• End fittings are displaced. Make sure that you are familiar with the operation of
the fire extinguisher. Inspect the fire extinguisher and
service the fire extinguisher. Obey the
recommendations on the instruction plate.
22 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Tire Information

Illustration 27 g02166933
Typical example of tire is shown

Do not approach a hot or an apparently damaged

tire.
Caterpillar recommends against using water or
Illustration 26 g01403012 calcium as a ballast for the tires except in machines
designed for this additional mass. For those
Mount the fire extinguisher on the left side of the applicable machines, the maintenance section will
machine on one of the legs of the ladder. This is the contain instructions on the correct tire inflation and
recommended location. Do not weld the ROPS in filling procedures. Ballast, such as fluid in the tires,
order to install the fire extinguisher. Also, do not drill increases overall machine weight and may affect
holes in the ROPS in order to mount the fire braking, steering, power train components, or the
extinguisher on the ROPS. certification of the protective structure such as the
ROPS. The use of tire/rim rust preventatives or other
Strap the mounting plate to a leg of the ladder in liquid additives is not required.
order to mount the fire extinguisher. If the weight of
the fire extinguisher is more than 4.5 kg (10 lb),
mount the fire extinguisher as low as possible on one
leg. Do not mount the fire extinguisher on the upper
one-third area of the leg. Proper nitrogen inflation equipment, and training
in using the equipment, are necessary to avoid
i06164462
over inflation. A tire blowout or rim failure can re-
sult from improper or misused equipment and
personal injury or death can occur.
Tire Information
A tire blowout and/or rim failure can occur if the
SMCS Code: 7000 inflation equipment is not used correctly, due to
the fact that a fully charged nitrogen cylinder's
Explosions of air inflated tires have resulted from pressure is approximately 15000 kPa (2200 psi).
heat-induced gas combustion inside the tires.
Explosions can be caused by heat that is generated
by welding, by heating rim components, by external Dry nitrogen gas is recommended for inflation of
fire, or by excessive use of brakes. tires. If the tires were originally inflated with air,
nitrogen is still preferred for adjusting the pressure.
A tire explosion is much more violent than a blowout. Nitrogen mixes properly with air.
The explosion can propel the tire, the rim
components, and the axle components from the Nitrogen inflated tires reduce the potential of a tire
machine. Stay out of the trajectory path. Both the explosion because nitrogen does not aid combustion.
force of the explosion and the flying debris can cause Nitrogen helps to prevent oxidation of the rubber,
property damage, personal injury, or death. deterioration of rubber, and corrosion of rim
components.
To avoid overinflation, proper nitrogen inflation
equipment and training in the usage of the equipment
are necessary. A tire blowout or a rim failure can
result from improper equipment or from misused
equipment.
SEBU8354-09 23
Safety Section
Electrical Storm Injury Prevention

When you inflate a tire, stand behind the tread and i02813885
use a self-attaching chuck.
Servicing tires and rims can be dangerous. Only
Before Starting Engine
trained personnel that use proper tools and proper SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
procedures should perform this maintenance. If
correct procedures are not used for servicing tires
and rims, the assemblies could burst with explosive
force. This explosive force can cause serious
personal injury or death. Carefully obey the specific
instructions from your tire dealer.

i01122596

Electrical Storm Injury

Prevention
SMCS Code: 7000
When lightning is striking in the vicinity of the
machine, the operator should never attempt the
following procedures:

• Mount the machine.

• Dismount the machine.
If you are in the operator's station during an electrical
storm, stay in the operator's station. If you are on the
ground during an electrical storm, stay away from the Illustration 28 g01403011
vicinity of the machine.
Make sure that the steering frame lock link is stored
in the UNLOCKED position. The steering frame lock
link must be UNLOCKED in order to steer the
machine.
Start the engine only from the operator's
compartment. Never short across the starter
terminals or across the batteries. Shorting could
bypass the engine neutral start system. Shorting
could also damage the electrical system.
Inspect the condition of the seat belt and the
condition of mounting hardware. Replace any
damaged parts or worn parts. Regardless of
appearance, replace the seat belt after three years of
use. Do not use an extension for a seat belt on a
retractable seat belt.
Adjust the seat so that full pedal travel can be
achieved. Make sure that the operator's back is
against the back of the seat.
Make sure that the machine is equipped with a
lighting system that is adequate for the job
conditions. Ensure that all lights are in proper
working condition.
Make sure that there are no personnel in the area
before you start the engine. Make sure that there are
no personnel in the area before you move the
machine. Make sure that there are no personnel on
the machine, underneath the machine, or around the
machine.
24 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Visibility Information

i07746368 i00861042

Visibility Information Engine Starting

SMCS Code: 7000 SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
Before you start the machine, perform a walk-around If a warning tag is attached to the start switch or to
inspection in order to ensure that there are no the controls, do not start the engine. Also, do not
hazards around the machine. move any controls.
While the machine is in operation, constantly survey Move all hydraulic controls to the HOLD position
the area around the machine in order to identify before you start the engine.
potential hazards as hazards become visible around
the machine. Move the direction control lever and the directional
control switch (if equipped) to the NEUTRAL position.
Your machine may be equipped with visual aids. On a machine that is equipped with the remote
Some examples of visual aids are Closed Circuit directional control switch, the neutral light on the
Television (CCTV) and mirrors. Before operating the instrument panel should be lighted.
machine, ensure that the visual aids are in proper
working condition and that the visual aids are clean. Engage the parking brake.
Adjust the visual aids using the procedures that are
located in this Operation and Maintenance Manual. If Diesel engine exhaust contains products of
equipped, the Work Area Vision System shall be combustion which can be harmful to your health.
adjusted according to Operation and Maintenance Always start the engine in a well ventilated area.
Manual, SEBU8157, “Work Area Vision System”. If Always operate the engine in a well ventilated area. If
equipped, the Cat Detect Object Detection shall be you are in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the
adjusted according to the Operation and outside.
Maintenance Manual, “Cat Detect Object Detection”
for your machine. i01665258

It may not be possible to provide direct visibility on Before Operation

large machines to all areas around the machine.
Appropriate job site organization is required in order SMCS Code: 7000
to minimize hazards that are caused by restricted
visibility. Job site organization is a collection of rules Clear all personnel from the machine and from the
and procedures that coordinates machines and area.
people that work together in the same area.
Examples of job site organization include the Clear all obstacles from the path of the machine.
following: Beware of hazards such as wires, ditches, etc.
Make sure that all windows are clean. Secure the
• Safety instructions doors in the open position or in the shut position.
Secure the windows in the open position or in the
• Controlled patterns of machine movement and shut position.
vehicle movement
For the best vision of the area that is close to the
• Workers that direct safe movement of traffic machine, adjust the rear view mirrors (if equipped).
• Restricted areas Make sure that the machine horn, the backup alarm
(if equipped) and all other warning devices are
• Operator training working properly.
• Warning symbols or warning signs on machines or Fasten the seat belt securely.
on vehicles
i03738622
• A system of communication

• Communication between workers and operators Operation

prior to approaching the machine SMCS Code: 7000
Modifications of the machine configuration by the The machine will function satisfactorily in the
user that result in a restriction of visibility shall be anticipated ambient temperature limits that are
evaluated. encountered during operation. For operation in
extreme temperatures, refer to Special Publication,
SEBU5898, “Cold Weather Recommendations”.
SEBU8354-09 25
Safety Section
Engine Stopping

Only operate the machine while you are in a seat. After the machine is parked and the parking brake is
The seat belt must be fastened while you operate the engaged, allow the engine to run at low idle for 5
machine. Only operate the controls while the engine minutes before shutdown. Running the engine allows
is running. hot areas of the engine to cool gradually.
While you operate the machine slowly in an open i02665037
area, check for proper operation of all controls and all
protective devices.
High Pressure Fuel Lines
Before you move the machine, you must make sure
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
that no one will be endangered.
Do not allow riders on the machine unless the
machine has the following equipment:
Contact with high pressure fuel may cause fluid
• additional seat penetration and burn hazards. High pressure fuel
• additional seat belt spray may cause a fire hazard. Failure to follow
these inspection, maintenance and service in-
• Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) structions may cause personal injury or death.

Never use the work tool for a work platform.

Note any needed repairs during machine operation.
Report any needed repairs.
Carry work tools approximately 40 cm (15 inches)
above ground level. Do not go close to the edge of a
cliff, an excavation, or an overhang.
If the machine begins to sideslip downward on a
grade, immediately remove the load and turn the
machine downhill.
Avoid any conditions that can lead to tipping the
machine. The machine can tip when you work on
hills, on banks and on slopes. Also, the machine can
tip when you cross ditches, ridges or other
unexpected obstructions.
Avoid operating the machine across the slope. When
possible, operate the machine up the slopes and
down the slopes.
Maintain control of the machine. Do not overload the
machine beyond the machine capacity.
Never straddle a wire cable. Never allow other
personnel to straddle a wire cable.
Know the maximum dimensions of your machine.
Always keep the Rollover Protective Structure
(ROPS) installed during machine operation.

i06299648

Engine Stopping
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
Do not stop the engine immediately after the machine
has been operated under load. Stopping the engine
immediately can cause overheating and accelerated
wear of engine components.
26 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
High Pressure Fuel Lines

Illustration 29 g01339189

(1) High pressure line (4) High pressure line (7) High pressure fuel manifold (rail)
(2) High pressure line (5) High pressure line (8) High pressure line
(3) High pressure line (6) High pressure line

The high pressure fuel lines are the fuel lines that are Do not check the high pressure fuel lines with the
between the high pressure fuel pump and the high engine or the starting motor in operation. After the
pressure fuel manifold and the fuel lines that are engine has stopped allow 60 seconds to pass in
between the fuel manifold and cylinder head. These order to allow the pressure to be purged before any
fuel lines are different from fuel lines on other fuel service or repair is performed on the engine fuel
systems. lines.
This is because of the following items: Do not loosen the high pressure fuel lines in order to
remove air from the fuel system. This procedure is
• The high pressure fuel lines are constantly not required.
charged with high pressure.
Visually inspect the high pressure fuel lines before
• The internal pressures of the high pressure fuel the engine is started. This inspection should be each
lines are higher than other types of fuel system. day.

• The high pressure fuel lines are formed to shape If you inspect the engine in operation, always use the
and then strengthened by a special process. proper inspection procedure in order to avoid a fluid
penetration hazard. Refer to Operation and
Do not step on the high pressure fuel lines. Do not Maintenance Manual, “General hazard Information”.
deflect the high pressure fuel lines. Do not bend or
strike the high pressure fuel lines. Deformation or • Inspect the high pressure fuel lines for damage,
damage of the high pressure fuel lines may cause a deformation, a nick, a cut, a crease, or a dent.
point of weakness and potential failure.
SEBU8354-09 27
Safety Section
Parking

• Do not operate the engine with a fuel leak. If there i07746366

is a leak do not tighten the connection in order to
stop the leak. The connection must only be Slope Operation
tightened to the recommended torque. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Fuel injection lines - SMCS Code: 7000
Remove and Fuel injection lines - Install”. Machines that are operating safely in various
applications depend on these criteria: the machine
• If the high pressure fuel lines are torqued correctly model, configuration, machine maintenance,
and the high pressure fuel lines are leaking the operating speed of the machine, conditions of the
high pressure fuel lines must be replaced. terrain, fluid levels, and tire inflation pressures. The
most important criteria are the skill and judgment of
• Ensure that all clips on the high pressure fuel lines the operator.
are in place. Do not operate the engine with clips
that are damaged, missing or loose. A well trained operator that follows the instructions in
the Operation and Maintenance Manual has the
• Do not attach any other item to the high pressure greatest impact on stability. Operator training
fuel lines. provides a person with the following abilities:
observation of working and environmental conditions,
• Loosened high pressure fuel lines must be feel for the machine, identification of potential
replaced. Also removed high pressure fuel lines hazards and operating the machine safely by making
must be replaced. Refer to Disassembly and appropriate decisions.
assembly manual, “ Fuel Injection Lines - Install”.
When you work on side hills and when you work on
slopes, consider the following important points:
i01665341

Speed of travel – At higher speeds, forces of inertia

Parking tend to make the machine less stable.
SMCS Code: 7000 Roughness of terrain or surface – The machine
may be less stable with uneven terrain.
Park on a level surface. If you must park on a grade,
chock the machine. Direction of travel – Avoid operating the machine
across the slope. When possible, operate the
Apply the service brake in order to stop the machine. machine up the slopes and operate the machine
Move the transmission control lever and the down the slopes. Place the heaviest end of the
transmission direction control switch (if equipped) to machine uphill when you are working on an incline.
the NEUTRAL position. Engage the parking brake.
Mounted equipment – Balance of the machine may
Lower all work tools to the ground. be impeded by the following components: equipment
that is mounted on the machine, machine
Stop the engine. configuration, weights, and counterweights.
Turn the engine start switch key to OFF position and Nature of surface – Ground that has been newly
remove the key. filled with earth may collapse from the weight of the
machine.
Turn the key for the battery disconnect switch to the
OFF position. Remove the key when you get off the Surface material – Rocks and moisture of the
machine for an extended period of time. surface material may drastically affect the machine's
traction and machine's stability. Rocky surfaces may
When you turn the battery disconnect switch to the promote side slipping of the machine.
OFF position, you can avoid battery discharge due to
the following causes: Slippage due to excessive loads – This may cause
downhill tracks or downhill tires to dig into the ground,
• battery short circuit which will increase the angle of the machine.

• current draw via some components Width of tracks or tires – Narrower tracks or
narrower tires further increase the digging into the
• vandalism ground which causes the machine to be less stable.
Implements attached to the drawbar – This may
decrease the weight on the uphill tracks. This may
also decrease the weight on the uphill tires. The
decreased weight will cause the machine to be less
stable.
28 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Work Tools

Height of the working load of the machine – When Never use the work tool for a work platform.
the working loads are in higher positions, the stability
of the machine is reduced. i08229294

Operated equipment – Be aware of performance

features of the equipment in operation and the effects Equipment Lowering with
on machine stability. Engine Stopped
Operating techniques – Keep all attachments or SMCS Code: 7000
pulled loads low to the ground for optimum stability.
Before lowering any equipment with the engine
Machine systems have limitations on slopes – stopped, clear the area around the equipment of all
Slopes can affect the proper function and operation personnel. The procedure to use will vary with the
of the various machine systems. These machine type of equipment to be lowered. Keep in mind most
systems are needed for machine control. systems use a high pressure fluid or air to raise or
lower equipment. The procedure will cause high
Note: Operators with lots of experience and proper pressure air, hydraulic, or some other media to be
equipment for specific applications are also required. released in order to lower the equipment. Wear
appropriate personal protective equipment and follow
Safe operation on steep slopes may also require
the established procedure in the Operation and
special machine maintenance. Refer to Lubricant Maintenance Manual, “Equipment Lowering with
Viscosities and Refill Capacities in this manual for the Engine Stopped” in the Operation Section of the
proper fluid level requirements and intended machine manual.
use. Fluids must be at the correct levels to ensure
that systems will operate properly on a slope. i03894291

i03734701 Sound Information and

Work Tools Vibration Information
SMCS Code: 6700 SMCS Code: 7000

Only use work tools that are recommended by Sound Level Information
Caterpillar for use on Caterpillar machines.
The operator Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq)
Work tools and work tool control systems, that are is 74 dB(A) when “ANSI/SAE J1166 Feb2008” is
compatible with your Caterpillar machine, are used to measure the value for an enclosed cab. This
required for safe machine operation and/or reliable is a work cycle sound exposure level. The cab was
machine operation. If you are in doubt about the properly installed and maintained. The test was
compatibility of a particular work tool with your conducted with the cab doors and the cab windows
machine, consult your Caterpillar dealer. closed.
Make sure that all necessary guarding is in place on Hearing protection may be needed when the
the host machine and on the work tool. machine is operated with an open operator station for
extended periods or in a noisy environment. Hearing
Keep all windows and doors closed on the host protection may be needed when the machine is
machine. A polycarbonate shield must be used when operated with a cab that is not properly maintained or
the host machine is not equipped with windows and when the doors and windows are open for extended
when a work tool could throw debris. periods or in a noisy environment.
Do not exceed the maximum operating weight that is
listed on the ROPS certification.
Always wear protective glasses. Always wear the
protective equipment that is recommended in the
work tool's operation manual. Wear any other
protective equipment that is required for the
operating environment.
To prevent personnel from being struck by flying
objects, ensure that all personnel are out of the work
area.
While you are performing any maintenance, any
testing, or any adjustments to the work tool stay clear
of the following areas: cutting edges, pinching
surfaces and crushing surfaces.
SEBU8354-09 29
Safety Section
Sound Information and Vibration Information

The average exterior sound pressure level is 74 dB It is not possible to get precise vibration levels for this
(A) when the “SAE J88Feb2006 - Constant Speed machine. The expected vibration levels can be
Moving Test” procedure is used to measure the value estimated with the information in Table 1 in order to
for the standard machine. The measurement was calculate the daily vibration exposure. A simple
conducted under the following conditions: distance of evaluation of the machine application can be used.
15 m (49.2 ft) and “the machine moving forward in an
intermediate gear ratio”. Estimate the vibration levels for the three vibration
directions. For typical operating conditions, use the
average vibration levels as the estimated level. With
Sound Level Information for an experienced operator and smooth terrain, subtract
Machines in European Union the Scenario Factors from the average vibration level
in order to obtain the estimated vibration level. For
Countries and in Countries that aggressive operations and severe terrain, add the
Scenario Factors to the average vibration level in
Adopt the “EU Directives” order to obtain the estimated vibration level.
The information below applies to machines that have Note: All vibration levels are in meter per second
the “CE” mark on the Product Identification Plate. squared.
The dynamic operator sound pressure level is 74 dB
(A) when “ISO 6396:2008” is used to measure the
value for an enclosed cab. The cab was properly
installed and maintained. The test was conducted
with the cab doors and the cab windows closed.
The exterior sound pressure level of the machine is
noted on the film that is located under the cab door
on the frame. Construction machines may not be
modified in any manner that would cause an increase
in noise level.

“The European Union Physical

Agents (Vibration) Directive 2002/
44/EC”
Vibration Data for Wheel Loaders
Information Concerning Hand/Arm Vibration
Level
When the machine is operated according to the
intended use, the hand/arm vibration of this machine
is below 2.5 meter per second squared.
Information Concerning Whole Body Vibration
Level
This section provides vibration data and a method for
estimating the vibration level for wheel loaders.

Note: Vibration levels are influenced by many

different parameters. Many items are listed below.

• Operator training, behavior, mode and stress

• Job site organization, preparation, environment,
weather and material

• Machine type, quality of the seat, quality of the

suspension system, attachments and condition of
the equipment
30 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Sound Information and Vibration Information

Table 1
“ISO Reference Table A - Equivalent vibration levels of whole body vibration emission for earthmoving equipment.”

Machine Typical Operating Vibration Levels Scenario Factors

Type Activity X axis Y axis Z axis X axis Y axis Z axis
load and carry motion 0,84 0,81 0,52 0,23 0,20 0,14

mining application(1) 1,27 0,97 0,81 0,47 0,31 0,47

Wheel Loader
transfer(2) 0,76 0,91 0,49 0,33 0,35 0,17

V-shape motion(3) 0,99 0,84 0,54 0,29 0,32 0,14

(1) Loading at the face
(2) Travel at high speed on the job site or on public roads
(3) Loading a truck in short cycles

Note: Refer to “ISO/TR 25398 Mechanical Vibration - a. Remove any large rocks or obstacles.
Guideline for the assessment of exposure to whole
body vibration of ride on operated earthmoving b. Fill any ditches and holes.
machines” for more information about vibration. This c. Provide machines and schedule time in order to
publication uses data that is measured by maintain the conditions of the terrain.
international institutes, organizations and
manufacturers. This document provides information 4. Use a seat that meets “ISO 7096”. Keep the seat
about the whole body exposure of operators of maintained and adjusted.
earthmoving equipment. Refer to Operation and
Maintenance Manual, SEBU8257, “The European a. Adjust the seat and suspension for the weight
Union Physical Agents (Vibration) Directive 2002/44/ and the size of the operator.
EC” for more information about machine vibration b. Inspect and maintain the seat suspension and
levels.
adjustment mechanisms.
The Caterpillar suspension seat meets the criteria of
“ISO 7096”. This represents vertical vibration level 5. Perform the following operations smoothly.
under severe operating conditions. This seat is tested a. Steer
with the input “spectral class EM3”. The seat has a
transmissibility factor of “SEAT<1.0”. b. Brake
The whole body vibration level of the machine varies. c. Accelerate.
There is a range of values. The low value is 0.5 meter
per second squared. The machine meets the short d. Shift the gears.
term level for the design of the seat in “ISO 7096”. 6. Move the attachments smoothly.
The value is 1.13 meter per second squared for this
machine. 7. Adjust the machine speed and the route in order to
minimize the vibration level.
Guidelines for Reducing Vibration Levels on
Earthmoving Equipment a. Drive around obstacles and rough terrain.

Properly adjust machines. Properly maintain b. Slow down when it is necessary to go over
machines. Operate machines smoothly. Maintain the rough terrain.
conditions of the terrain. The following guidelines can
help reduce the whole body vibration level: 8. Minimize vibrations for a long work cycle or a long
travel distance.
1. Use the right type and size of machine, equipment,
and attachments. a. Use machines that are equipped with
suspension systems.
2. Maintain machines according to the
manufacturer's recommendations. b. Use the ride control system on wheel loaders.

a. Tire pressures c. If no ride control system is available, reduce

speed in order to prevent bounce.
b. Brake and steering systems
d. Haul the machines between workplaces.
c. Controls, hydraulic system and linkages
3. Keep the terrain in good condition.
SEBU8354-09 31
Safety Section
Operator Station

9. Less operator comfort may be caused by other risk Caterpillar, Inc.

factors. The following guidelines can be effective www.cat.com
in order to provide better operator comfort:
i07746362
a. Adjust the seat and adjust the controls in order
to achieve good posture. Operator Station
b. Adjust the mirrors in order to minimize twisted SMCS Code: 7000
posture.
Any modifications to the inside of the operator station
c. Provide breaks in order to reduce long periods should not project into the operator space or into the
of sitting. space for the companion seat (if equipped). The
addition of a radio, fire extinguisher, and other
d. Avoid jumping from the cab. equipment must be installed so that the defined
operator space and the space for the companion seat
e. Minimize repeated handling of loads and lifting (if equipped) is maintained. Any item that is brought
of loads. into the cab should not project into the defined
f. Minimize any shocks and impacts during sports operator space or the space for the companion seat
(if equipped). A lunch box or other loose items must
and leisure activities. be secured. Objects must not pose an impact hazard
in rough terrain or in the event of a rollover.
Sources
i07746359
The vibration information and the calculation
procedure is based on “ISO/TR 25398 Mechanical
Vibration - Guideline for the assessment of exposure Guards
to whole body vibration of ride on operated
earthmoving machines”. Harmonized data is (Operator Protection)
measured by international institutes, organizations SMCS Code: 6700; 7000; 7150; 7150-MCH; 7325
and manufacturers.
There are different types of guards that are used to
This literature provides information about assessing protect the operator. The machine and the machine
the whole body vibration exposure of operators of application determine the type of guard that should
earthmoving equipment. The method is based on be used.
measured vibration emission under real working
conditions for all machines. A daily inspection of the guards is required in order to
check for structures that are bent, cracked, or loose.
You should check the original directive. This Never operate a machine with a damaged structure.
document summarizes part of the content of the
applicable law. This document is not meant to The operator becomes exposed to a hazardous
substitute the original sources. Other parts of these situation if the machine is used improperly or if poor
documents are based on information from the United operating techniques are used. This situation can
Kingdom Health and Safety Executive. occur even though a machine is equipped with an
appropriate protective guard. Follow the established
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, operating procedures that are recommended for your
SEBU8257, “The European Union Physical Agents machine.
(Vibration) Directive 2002/44/EC” for more
information about vibration.
Consult your local Caterpillar dealer for more
information about machine features that minimize
vibration levels. Consult your local Caterpillar dealer
about safe machine operation.
Use the following web site in order to find your local
dealer:
32 SEBU8354-09
Safety Section
Operator Protection

Rollover Protective Structure • Forestry products

(ROPS), Falling Object Protective Additional guards may be required for specific
Structure (FOPS) or Tip Over applications or work tools. The Operation and
Maintenance Manual for your machine or your work
Protection Structure (TOPS) tool will provide specific requirements for the guards.
Refer to Operation Maintenance manual,
The ROPS/FOPS Structure (if equipped) on your "Demolition" for additional information. Consult your
machine is specifically designed, tested and certified Cat dealer for additional information.
for that machine. Any alteration or any modification to
the ROPS/FOPS Structure could weaken the
structure. This places the operator into an
unprotected environment. Modifications or
attachments that cause the machine to exceed the
weight that is stamped on the certification plate also
place the operator into an unprotected environment.
Excessive weight may inhibit the brake performance,
the steering performance and the ROPS. The
protection that is offered by the ROPS/FOPS
Structure will be impaired if the ROPS/FOPS
Structure has structural damage. Damage to the
structure can be caused by an overturn, a falling
object, a collision, etc.
Do not mount items (fire extinguishers, first aid kits,
work lights, etc) by welding brackets to the ROPS/
FOPS Structure or by drilling holes in the ROPS/
FOPS Structure. Welding brackets or drilling holes in
the ROPS/FOPS Structures can weaken the
structures. Consult your Cat dealer for mounting
guidelines.
The Tip Over Protection Structure (TOPS) is another
type of guard that is used on mini hydraulic
excavators. This structure protects the operator in the
event of a tipover. The same guidelines for the
inspection, the maintenance and the modification of
the ROPS/FOPS Structure are required for the Tip
Over Protection Structure.

Other Guards (If Equipped)

Protection from flying objects and/or falling objects is
required for special applications. Logging
applications and demolition applications are two
examples that require special protection.
A front guard needs to be installed when a work tool
that creates flying objects is used. Mesh front guards
that are approved by Caterpillar or polycarbonate
front guards that are approved by Caterpillar are
available for machines with a cab or an open canopy.
On machines that are equipped with cabs, the
windows should also be closed. Safety glasses are
recommended when flying hazards exist for
machines with cabs and machines with open
canopies.
If the work material extends above the cab, top
guards and front guards should be used. Typical
examples of this type of application are listed below:
• Demolition applications

• Rock quarries
SEBU8354-09 33
Product Information Section
General Information

Product Information This machine is approved for use in environments

with no explosive gases.
Section
Machine Data
General Information
i03734765

Specifications
SMCS Code: 7000

Intended Use
This machine is classified as a Wheel Loader as
described in “ISO 6165:2006”. This machine normally
has a front mounted bucket or another work tool for
the principal intended functions of digging, loading,
lifting, carrying, and moving material such as earth,
crushed rock or gravel. Additional work tools allow Illustration 30 g00915025
this machine to perform other specific tasks.
Basic machine specifications with a General Purpose
Application/Configuration Bucket are listed below. The machine is 10 percent
full of fuel. The machine is equipped with the
Restrictions following options.
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, • Implements
“Machine Data” below for information about
maximum machine weight. • Enclosed ROPS Cab
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, • 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA tires
“Caterpillar Approved Work Tools” for information
about acceptable work tools. • Optional counterweight
Lift arm height restrictions will be found in the • Guards
Operation and Maintenance Manual for the
appropriate work tool. • Axles with Limited Slip
The maximum fore and aft slope for proper • Heavy-duty rear axle
lubrication is 25 degrees continuous and 35 degrees
intermittent. • Roading Fenders
Note: Intermittent time is defined as two minutes or • Ride Control
less.
• Secondary Steering
The weight does not include the operator or other
attachments. The weight can change with the
configuration of the machine.
Table 2
924Hz Wheel Loader and 172-8568 General Purpose Bucket

Shipping Weight 10739 kg (23675 lb)

Maximum Length (B) 6898 mm (272 inches)

Width Across Tires 2492 mm (98 inches)

Height to Top of ROPS (A) 3227 mm (127 inches)

34 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 3
924H Wheel Loader and 167-3966 General Purpose Bucket

Shipping Weight 11272 kg (24850 lb)

Machine stability is affected by many factors, in-
Maximum Length (B) 7147 mm (281 inches) cluding the type of work tool and the position of a
Width Across Tires 2492 mm (98 inches) work tool.

Height to Top of ROPS (A) 3227 mm (127 inches) Machine stability and machine control can be sig-
nificantly affected if a work tool is not installed.
Operating a machine without a work tool can lead
Table 4 to loss of control or tipping of the machine which
928H Wheel Loader and 119-1799 General Purpose Bucket could result in serious injury or death.
Shipping Weight 12335 kg (27194 lb) When you operate a machine without a work tool,
avoid the following conditions:
Maximum Length (B) 7252 mm (286 inches)

Width Across Tires (1) 2470 mm (97 inches)

• excessive speed

Height to Top of ROPS (A) 3269 mm (129 inches) • sharp turns

(1) Width will be 100 mm (4 inches) more for machines that are • abrupt implement movement
not EU certified.

Table 5
• slopes and uneven ground
930H Wheel Loader and 256-8889 General Purpose Bucket
The rated operating load is defined by the SAE
Shipping Weight 12885 kg (28407 lb) standard “J818” (May 2007) and by the “ISO
Maximum Length (B) 7601 mm (299 inch)
14397:2007” (1986) as 50 % of the full turn static
tipping load.
Width Across Tires (1) 2470 mm (97 inches)
The corresponding dump clearance is given for each
Height to Top of ROPS (A) 3278 mm (129 inch) bucket at maximum lift height and at a 45 degree
(1) Width will be 100 mm (4 inches) more for machines that are
dump angle. The reach is given for each bucket at
not EU certified. maximum lift height and at a 45 degree dump angle.
Clearance is measured from the ground to the bucket
edge or to the tip of the bucket teeth. The reach is
i04774700
measured from the front tire to the bucket edge or to
the tip of the bucket teeth.
Rated Load
SMCS Code: 6700

Bucket Rated Load

Failure to comply to the rated load can cause

possible personal injury or property damage. Re-
view the rated load of a particular work tool be-
fore performing any operation. Make adjustments
to the rated load as necessary for non-standard
configurations.

Illustration 31 g00628152
Note: Rated loads should be used as a guide. The
operator must be aware of the following conditions: Dimension (A) represents the dump clearance.
Dimension (B) represents the reach.
• Work tools
924H and 924Hz
• Uneven ground
Rated loads are based upon a standard machine with
• Soft ground the following conditions:
• Other poor ground conditions • Implements
SEBU8354-09 35
Product Information Section
Rated Load

• Enclosed ROPS Cab with air conditioning

• 80 kg (176 lb ) operator

• 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA
• Optional counterweight

• Guards
• Axles with Limited Slip

• Heavy-duty rear axle

• Roading Fenders
• Ride Control

• Secondary Steering
• Full fuel and fluids
All rated loads conform to the SAE standard “J732”.
Rated loads will vary with different work tools.
Consult your Cat dealer regarding the rated load for
your specific machine configuration.
Table 6
924Hz Rated Bucket Load
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
1.80 cubic meter 3820.00 kg 2826.00 mm 791.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (8421.66 lb) (111.26 inch) (31.14 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3790.00 kg 2722.00 mm 894.00 mm

172-8568 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (8355.52 lb) (107.17 inch) (35.20 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3738.00 kg 2722.00 mm 894.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (8240.88 lb) (107.17 inch) (35.20 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3780.00 kg 2757.00 mm 859.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (8333.47 lb) (108.54 inch) (33.82 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3750.00 kg 2653.00 mm 962.00 mm

173-3635 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (8267.33 lb) (104.45 inch) (37.87 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3697.00 kg 2653.00 mm 962.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (8150.49 lb) (104.45 inch) (37.87 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3822.00 kg 2825.00 mm 789.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (8426.07 lb) (111.22 inch) (31.06 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3792.00 kg 2721.00 mm 892.00 mm

173-3634 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (8359.93 lb) (107.13 inch) (35.12 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3740.00 kg 2721.00 mm 892.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (8245.29 lb) (107.13 inch) (35.12 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3724.00 kg 2722.00 mm 894.00 mm

199-5212 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (8210.01 lb) (107.17 inch) (35.20 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3708.00 kg 2700.00 mm 839.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.88 cubic yard) (8174.74 lb) (106.30 inch) (33.03 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3682.00 kg 2593.00 mm 940.00 mm

279-1603 Teeth (2.75 cubic yard) (8117.42 lb) (102.09 inch) (37.01 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3629.00 kg 2593.00 mm 940.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.88 cubic yard) (8000.57 lb) (102.09 inch) (37.01 inch)
36 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 7
924H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND COUPLER)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
1.80 cubic meter 3638.00 kg 2828.00 mm 992.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (8020.42 lb) (111.34 inch) (39.06 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3609.00 kg 2724.00 mm 1095.00 mm

167-3966 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (7956.48 lb) (107.24 inch) (43.11 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3558.00 kg 2724.00 mm 1095.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (7844.05 lb) (107.24 inch) (43.11 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3549.00 kg 2759.00 mm 1060.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (7824.21 lb) (108.62 inch) (41.73 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3519.00 kg 2654.00 mm 1164.00 mm

241-0935 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (7758.07 lb) (104.49 inch) (45.83 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3467.00 kg 2654.00 mm 1164.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (7643.43 lb) (104.49 inch) (45.83 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 3430.00 kg 2621.00 mm 1197.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (7561.86 lb) (103.19 inch) (47.13 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 3399.00 kg 2517.00 mm 1300.00 mm

251-5412 Teeth (3.40 cubic yard) (7493.51 lb) (99.09 inch) (51.18 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 3346.00 kg 2517.00 mm 1300.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.66 cubic yard) (7376.67 lb) (99.09 inch) (51.18 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3612.00 kg 2570.00 mm 1067.00 mm

107-5755 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (7963.09 lb) (101.18 inch) (42.01 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3649.00 kg 2827.00 mm 992.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (8044.67 lb) (111.30 inch) (39.06 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3619.00 kg 2723.00 mm 1095.00 mm

167-3969 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (7978.53 lb) (107.20 inch) (43.11 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3568.00 kg 2723.00 mm 1095.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (7866.09 lb) (107.20 inch) (43.11 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3396.00 kg 2665.00 mm 924.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (7486.90 lb) (104.92 inch) (36.38 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3367.00 kg 2553.00 mm 1019.00 mm

256-8889 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (7422.96 lb) (100.51 inch) (40.12 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3316.00 kg 2553.00 mm 1019.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (7310.53 lb) (100.51 inch) (40.12 inch)

Table 8
924H Rated Load for Multipurpose Bucket (STANDARD LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKET)
Multipurpose Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Bucket Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 3177.26 kg 2609.00 mm 898.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (7004.66 lb) (102.72 inch) (35.35 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3147.47 kg 2496.00 mm 992.00 mm

292-9190 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6938.98 lb) (98.27 inch) (39.06 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3095.75 kg 2496.00 mm 992.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (6824.96 lb) (98.27 inch) (39.06 inch)
SEBU8354-09 37
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 9
924H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND PIN-ON BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
1.80 cubic meter 3833.00 kg 2918.00 mm 885.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (8450.32 lb) (114.88 inch) (34.84 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3803.00 kg 2814.00 mm 988.00 mm

167-3963 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (8384.18 lb) (110.79 inch) (38.90 inch)

3752.00 kg 2814.00 mm 988.00 mm

Teeth and Segments 1.80 mm (0.07 inch)
(8271.74 lb) (110.79 inch) (38.90 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3745.00 kg 2849.00 mm 957.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (8256.31 lb) (112.17 inch) (37.68 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3715.00 kg 2745.00 mm 1060.00 mm

252-6909 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (8190.17 lb) (108.07 inch) (41.73 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3663.00 kg 2745.00 mm 1060.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (8075.53 lb) (108.07 inch) (41.73 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 3611.00 kg 2712.00 mm 1093.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (7960.89 lb) (106.77 inch) (43.03 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 3580.00 kg 2608.00 mm 1196.00 mm

252-6903 Teeth (3.40 cubic yard) (7892.55 lb) (102.68 inch) (47.09 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 3527.00 kg 2608.00 mm 1196.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.66 cubic yard) (7775.70 lb) (102.68 inch) (47.09 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3863.00 kg 2918.00 mm 886.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (8516.46 lb) (114.88 inch) (34.88 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3833.00 kg 2814.00 mm 989.00 mm

167-3968 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (8450.32 lb) (110.79 inch) (38.94 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3782.00 kg 2814.00 mm 989.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (8337.88 lb) (110.79 inch) (38.94 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3777.00 kg 2810.00 mm 951.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.88 cubic yard) (8326.86 lb) (110.63 inch) (37.44 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3747.00 kg 2703.00 mm 1051.00 mm

279-1628 Teeth (2.75 cubic yard) (8260.72 lb) (106.42 inch) (41.38 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3694.00 kg 2703.00 mm 1051.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.88 cubic yard) (8143.88 lb) (106.42 inch) (41.38 inch)

Table 10
924H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
1.80 cubic meter 2958.00 kg 3335.00 mm 992.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (6521.27 lb) (131.30 inch) (39.06 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 2929.00 kg 3231.00 mm 1095.00 mm

167-3966 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (6457.34 lb) (127.20 inch) (43.11 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 2880.00 kg 3231.00 mm 1095.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (6349.31 lb) (127.20 inch) (43.11 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2875.00 kg 3267.00 mm 1060.00 mm

241-0935 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (6338.29 lb) (128.62 inch) (41.73 inch)

(continued)
38 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

(Table 10, contd)

924H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKETS)
2.00 cubic meter 2847.00 kg 3162.00 mm 1164.00 mm
Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6276.56 lb) (124.49 inch) (45.83 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2796.00 kg 3162.00 mm 1164.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (6164.12 lb) (124.49 inch) (45.83 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 2776.00 kg 3129.00 mm 1197.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (6120.03 lb) (123.19 inch) (47.13 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 2746.00 kg 3025.00 mm 1300.00 mm

251-5412 Teeth (3.40 cubic yard) (6053.89 lb) (119.09 inch) (51.18 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 2695.00 kg 3025.00 mm 1300.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.66 cubic yard) (5941.46 lb) (119.09 inch) (51.18 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 2926.00 kg 3077.00 mm 1068.00 mm

107-5755 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6450.72 lb) (121.14 inch) (42.05 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 2964.00 kg 3335.00 mm 992.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (6534.50 lb) (131.30 inch) (39.06 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 2963.00 kg 3231.00 mm 1095.00 mm

167-3969 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (6532.30 lb) (127.20 inch) (43.11 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 2886.00 kg 3231.00 mm 1095.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (6362.54 lb) (127.20 inch) (43.11 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2754.00 kg 3173.00 mm 924.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (6071.53 lb) (124.92 inch) (36.38 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 2726.00 kg 3060.00 mm 1019.00 mm

251-5412 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6009.80 lb) (120.47 inch) (40.12 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2676.00 kg 3060.00 mm 1019.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (5899.57 lb) (120.47 inch) (40.12 inch)

Table 11
924H Rated Load for Multipurpose Bucket (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKET)
Multipurpose Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Bucket Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 2544.26 kg 3116.00 mm 898.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (5609.13 lb) (122.68 inch) (35.35 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 2515.38 kg 3004.00 mm 992.00 mm

292-9190 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (5545.46 lb) (118.27 inch) (39.06 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2465.32 kg 3004.00 mm 992.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (5435.10 lb) (118.27 inch) (39.06 inch)

Table 12
924H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND PIN-ON BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
1.80 cubic meter 3110.00 kg 3426.00 mm 885.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (6856.38 lb) (134.88 inch) (34.84 inch)
167-3963
1.70 cubic meter 3081.00 kg 3322.00 mm 988.00 mm
Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (6792.44 lb) (130.79 inch) (38.90 inch)

(continued)
SEBU8354-09 39
Product Information Section
Rated Load

(Table 12, contd)

924H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND PIN-ON BUCKETS)
1.80 cubic meter 3031.00 kg 3322.00 mm 988.00 mm
Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (6682.21 lb) (130.79 inch) (38.90 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3028.00 kg 3357.00 mm 957.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (6675.60 lb) (132.17 inch) (37.68 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 2999.00 kg 3253.00 mm 1060.00 mm

252-6909 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6611.66 lb) (128.07 inch) (41.73 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2949.00 kg 3253.00 mm 1060.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (6501.43 lb) (128.07 inch) (41.73 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 2916.00 kg 3220.00 mm 1093.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (6428.68 lb) (126.77 inch) (43.03 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 2887.00 kg 3115.00 mm 1196.00 mm

252-6903 Teeth (3.40 cubic yard) (6364.75 lb) (122.64 inch) (47.09 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 2835.00 kg 3115.00 mm 1196.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.66 cubic yard) (6250.10 lb) (122.64 inch) (47.09 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3135.00 kg 3426.00 mm 886.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.35 cubic yard) (6911.49 lb) (134.88 inch) (34.88 inch)

1.70 cubic meter 3106.00 kg 3322.00 mm 989.00 mm

167-3968 Teeth (2.22 cubic yard) (6847.56 lb) (130.79 inch) (38.94 inch)

1.80 cubic meter 3057.00 kg 3322.00 mm 989.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.35 cubic yard) (6739.53 lb) (130.79 inch) (38.94 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3063.00 kg 3318.00 mm 951.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.88 cubic yard) (6752.76 lb) (130.63 inch) (37.44 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3034.00 kg 3211.00 mm 1051.00 mm

279-1628 Teeth (2.75 cubic yard) (6688.82 lb) (126.42 inch) (41.38 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 2983.00 kg 3211.00 mm 1051.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.88 cubic yard) (6576.39 lb) (126.42 inch) (41.38 inch)

928H All rated loads conform to the SAE standard “J732C”

and “J742”.
Rated loads are based upon a standard machine with
the following conditions: Rated loads will vary with different work tools.
Consult your Cat dealer regarding the rated load for
• Implements your specific machine configuration.

• Enclosed ROPS Cab with air conditioning

• 80 kg (176 lb ) operator

• 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA
• Optional counterweight

• Guards
• Axles with Limited Slip

• Heavy-duty rear axle

• Roading Fenders

• Ride Control
• Secondary Steering

• Full fuel and fluids

40 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 13
928Hz Rated Bucket Load
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.10 cubic meter 4327.00 kg 2879.00 mm 927.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (9539.40 lb) (113.35 inch) (36.50 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 4297.00 kg 2766.00 mm 1021.00 mm

119-1799 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (9473.26 lb) (108.90 inch) (40.20 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 4245.00 kg 2766.00 mm 1021.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (9358.62 lb) (108.90 inch) (40.20 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4293.00 kg 2842.00 mm 964.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (9464.44 lb) (111.89 inch) (37.95 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 4263.00 kg 2730.00 mm 1058.00 mm

223-9730 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (9398.31 lb) (107.48 inch) (41.65 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4210.00 kg 2730.00 mm 1058.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (9281.46 lb) (107.48 inch) (41.65 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 4260.00 kg 2913.00 mm 893.00 mm

139-7418 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.62 cubic yard) (9391.69 lb) (114.69 inch) (35.16 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 4370.00 kg 2957.00 mm 1024.00 mm

152-1613 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.62 cubic yard) (9634.20 lb) (116.42 inch) (40.31 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3780.00 kg 2678.00 mm 1081.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (8333.47 lb) (105.43 inch) (42.56 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3750.00 kg 2566.00 mm 1175.00 mm

224-0759 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (8267.33 lb) (101.02 inch) (46.26 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3697.00 kg 2566.00 mm 1175.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (8150.49 lb) (101.02 inch) (46.26 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 3872.00 kg 2680.00 mm 1079.00 mm

300-6796 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.40 cubic yard) (8536.30 lb) (105.51 inch) (42.48 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 4142.00 kg 2649.00 mm 1173.00 mm

107-5755 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (9131.55 lb) (104.29 inch) (46.18 inch)

930H • Secondary Steering

Rated loads are based upon a standard machine with • Full fuel and fluids
the following conditions:
Rated loads conform to the SAE standard “J732”.
• Implements
Note: Long teeth do not conform to the SAE standard
• Enclosed ROPS Cab with air conditioning “J732”.

• 80 kg (176 lb ) operator Rated loads will vary with different work tools.
Consult your Cat dealer regarding the rated load for
• 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA your specific machine configuration.

• Optional counterweight

• Guards
• Axles with Limited Slip

• Heavy-duty rear axle

• Roading Fenders

• Ride Control
SEBU8354-09 41
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 14
930H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND COUPLER)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.10 cubic meter 4155.00 kg 2927.00 mm 1070.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (9160.21 lb) (115.24 inch) (42.13 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 4126.00 kg 2822.00 mm 1174.00 mm

241-0935 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (9096.27 lb) (111.10 inch) (46.22 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 4074.00 kg 2822.00 mm 1174.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (8981.63 lb) (111.10 inch) (46.22 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3990.00 kg 2833.00 mm 934.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (8796.44 lb) (111.54 inch) (36.77 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3961.00 kg 2721.00 mm 1028.00 mm

256-8889 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (8732.51 lb) (107.13 inch) (40.47 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3910.00 kg 2721.00 mm 1028.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (8620.07 lb) (107.13 inch) (40.47 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 4182.00 kg 2924.00 mm 905.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.88 cubic yard) (9219.73 lb) (115.12 inch) (35.63 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 4153.00 kg 2812.00 mm 999.00 mm

251-9878 Teeth (2.75 cubic yard) (9155.80 lb) (110.71 inch) (39.33 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 4101.00 kg 2812.00 mm 999.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.88 cubic yard) (9041.16 lb) (110.71 inch) (39.33 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4106.00 kg 2892.00 mm 1112.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (9052.18 lb) (113.86 inch) (43.78 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 4076.00 kg 2788.00 mm 1216.00 mm

239-7002 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (8986.04 lb) (109.76 inch) (47.87 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4025.00 kg 2788.00 mm 1216.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (8873.61 lb) (109.76 inch) (47.87 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3935.00 kg 2773.00 mm 995.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (8675.19 lb) (109.17 inch) (39.17 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3906.00 kg 2660.00 mm 1098.00 mm

256-8882 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (8611.26 lb) (104.72 inch) (43.23 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3855.00 kg 2660.00 mm 1098.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (8498.82 lb) (104.72 inch) (43.23 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 3893.00 kg 2727.00 mm 1040.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.27 cubic yard) (8582.60 lb) (107.36 inch) (40.94 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 3863.00 kg 2614.00 mm 1135.00 mm

256-8863 Teeth (3.14 cubic yard) (8516.46 lb) (102.91 inch) (44.69 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 3812.00 kg 2614.00 mm 1135.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.27 cubic yard) (8404.02 lb) (102.91 inch) (44.69 inch)

Table 15
930H Rated Load for Multipurpose Bucket (STANDARD LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKET)
Multipurpose Ground Engaging
Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Bucket Tools
2.10 cubic meter 3782.61 kg 2776.00 mm 907.00 mm
292-9190 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (8339.23 lb) (109.29 inch) (35.71 inch)

(continued)
42 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

(Table 15, contd)

930H Rated Load for Multipurpose Bucket (STANDARD LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKET)
2.00 cubic meter 3753.14 kg 2664.00 mm 1002.00 mm
Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (8274.26 lb) (104.88 inch) (39.45 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3701.91 kg 2664.00 mm 1002.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (8161.31 lb) (104.88 inch) (39.45 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3795.77 kg 2776.00 mm 907.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (8368.24 lb) (109.29 inch) (35.71 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3766.09 kg 2664.00 mm 1002.00 mm

311-1472 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (8302.81 lb) (104.88 inch) (39.45 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3714.51 kg 2664.00 mm 1002.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (8189.09 lb) (104.88 inch) (39.45 inch)

Table 16
930H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND PIN-ON BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.10 cubic meter 4378.00 kg 3017.00 mm 966.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (9651.84 lb) (118.78 inch) (38.03 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 4348.00 kg 2913.00 mm 1070.00 mm

252-6909 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (9585.70 lb) (114.69 inch) (42.13 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 4296.00 kg 2913.00 mm 1070.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (9471.06 lb) (114.69 inch) (42.13 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4347.00 kg 2982.00 mm 1005.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (9583.49 lb) (117.40 inch) (39.57 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 4317.00 kg 2878.00 mm 1108.00 mm

239-7004 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (9517.36 lb) (113.31 inch) (43.62 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4265.00 kg 2878.00 mm 1108.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (9402.71 lb) (113.31 inch) (43.62 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4243.00 kg 2907.00 mm 923.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (9354.21 lb) (114.45 inch) (36.34 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 4213.00 kg 2794.00 mm 1017.00 mm

256-8898 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (9288.07 lb) (110.00 inch) (40.04 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4161.00 kg 2794.00 mm 1017.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (9173.43 lb) (110.00 inch) (40.04 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 4293.00 kg 2921.00 mm 909.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.14 cubic yard) (9464.44 lb) (115.00 inch) (35.79 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4263.00 kg 2808.00 mm 1003.00 mm

251-6600 Teeth (3.01 cubic yard) (9398.31 lb) (110.55 inch) (39.49 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 4211.00 kg 2808.00 mm 1003.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.14 cubic yard) (9283.67 lb) (110.55 inch) (39.49 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 4199.00 kg 2861.00 mm 969.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.27 cubic yard) (9257.21 lb) (112.64 inch) (38.15 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 4169.00 kg 2748.00 mm 1063.00 mm

256-8911 Teeth (3.14 cubic yard) (9191.07 lb) (108.19 inch) (41.85 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 4117.00 kg 2748.00 mm 1063.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.27 cubic yard) (9076.43 lb) (108.19 inch) (41.85 inch)
SEBU8354-09 43
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 17
930H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD) (PENETRATION BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.30 cubic meter 4074.00 kg 2702.00 mm 1109.00 mm
251-9880 Flush Mounted Teeth (3.01 cubic yard) (8981.63 lb) (106.38 inch) (43.66 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 4331.00 kg 2808.00 mm 1003.00 mm

251-9879 Flush Mounted Teeth (3.01 cubic yard) (9548.22 lb) (110.55 inch) (39.49 inch)

Table 18
930H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND LARGE BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.80 cubic meter 4041.00 kg 2790.00 mm 1208.00 mm
251-5412 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (8908.88 lb) (109.84 inch) (47.56 inch)

3.10 cubic meter 4009.00 kg 2746.00 mm 1250.00 mm

241-0916 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(4.05 cubic yard) (8838.33 lb) (108.11 inch) (49.21 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 4245.00 kg 2880.00 mm 1103.00 mm

252-6903 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (9358.62 lb) (113.39 inch) (43.43 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 3909.00 kg 2773.00 mm 995.00 mm

300-6796 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.40 cubic yard) (8617.87 lb) (109.17 inch) (39.17 inch)

Table 19
930H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND COUPLER)
Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Bucket Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 3284.00 kg 3427.00 mm 1070.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (7239.98 lb) (134.92 inch) (42.13 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3256.00 kg 3322.00 mm 1174.00 mm

241-0935 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (7178.25 lb) (130.79 inch) (46.22 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3206.00 kg 3322.00 mm 1174.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (7068.02 lb) (130.79 inch) (46.22 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3162.00 kg 3333.00 mm 934.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (6971.02 lb) (131.22 inch) (36.77 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3134.00 kg 3221.00 mm 1028.00 mm

256-8889 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6909.29 lb) (126.81 inch) (40.47 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3085.00 kg 3221.00 mm 1028.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (6801.26 lb) (126.81 inch) (40.47 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3283.00 kg 3424.00 mm 905.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.88 cubic yard) (7237.78 lb) (134.80 inch) (35.63 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3254.00 kg 3312.00 mm 999.00 mm

251-9878 Teeth (2.75 cubic yard) (7173.84 lb) (130.39 inch) (39.33 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3205.00 kg 3312.00 mm 999.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.88 cubic yard) (7065.82 lb) (130.39 inch) (39.33 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3240.00 kg 3392.00 mm 1112.00 mm

239-7002 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (7142.98 lb) (133.54 inch) (43.78 inch)

(continued)
44 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

(Table 19, contd)

930H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND COUPLER)
2.20 cubic meter 3211.00 kg 3288.00 mm 1215.00 mm
Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (7079.04 lb) (129.45 inch) (47.83 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3161.00 kg 3288.00 mm 1215.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (6968.81 lb) (129.45 inch) (47.83 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3111.00 kg 3273.00 mm 994.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (6858.58 lb) (128.86 inch) (39.13 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3082.00 kg 3160.00 mm 1088.00 mm

256-8882 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (6794.65 lb) (124.41 inch) (42.83 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3033.00 kg 3160.00 mm 1088.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (6686.62 lb) (124.41 inch) (42.83 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 3071.00 kg 3227.00 mm 1040.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.27 cubic yard) (6770.40 lb) (127.05 inch) (40.94 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 3043.00 kg 3115.00 mm 1134.00 mm

256-8863 Teeth (3.14 cubic yard) (6708.67 lb) (122.64 inch) (44.65 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 2993.00 kg 3115.00 mm 1134.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.27 cubic yard) (6598.44 lb) (122.64 inch) (44.65 inch)

Table 20
930H Rated Load for Multipurpose Bucket (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND HOOK-ON BUCKET)
Multipurpose Ground Engaging
Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Bucket Tools
2.10 cubic meter 2972.13 kg 3276.00 mm 907.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (6552.42 lb) (128.98 inch) (35.71 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 2943.55 kg 3164.00 mm 1001.00 mm

292-9190 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6489.42 lb) (124.57 inch) (39.41 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2897.17 kg 3164.00 mm 1001.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (6387.17 lb) (124.57 inch) (39.41 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 2969.94 kg 3276.00 mm 907.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (6547.60 lb) (128.98 inch) (35.71 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 2941.25 kg 3164.00 mm 1001.00 mm

311-1472 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (6484.35 lb) (124.57 inch) (39.41 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 2891.67 kg 3164.00 mm 1001.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (6375.04 lb) (124.57 inch) (39.41 inch)

Table 21
930H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND PIN-ON BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.10 cubic meter 3472.00 kg 3517.00 mm 966.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (7654.45 lb) (138.46 inch) (38.03 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3443.00 kg 3413.00 mm 1069.00 mm

252-6909 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (7590.52 lb) (134.37 inch) (42.09 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3394.00 kg 3413.00 mm 1069.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (7482.49 lb) (134.37 inch) (42.09 inch)

(continued)
SEBU8354-09 45
Product Information Section
Rated Load

(Table 21, contd)

930H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND PIN-ON BUCKETS)
2.30 cubic meter 3447.00 kg 3482.00 mm 1004.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (7599.33 lb) (137.09 inch) (39.53 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3418.00 kg 3378.00 mm 1108.00 mm

239-7004 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (7535.40 lb) (132.99 inch) (43.62 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3368.00 kg 3378.00 mm 1108.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (7425.17 lb) (132.99 inch) (43.62 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3357.00 kg 3407.00 mm 923.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (7400.92 lb) (134.13 inch) (36.34 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3328.00 kg 3294.00 mm 1017.00 mm

256-8898 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (7336.98 lb) (129.69 inch) (40.04 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3279.00 kg 3294.00 mm 1017.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (7228.96 lb) (129.69 inch) (40.04 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 3386.00 kg 3421.00 mm 909.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.14 cubic yard) (7464.85 lb) (134.69 inch) (35.79 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3357.00 kg 3308.00 mm 1003.00 mm

251-6600 Teeth (3.01 cubic yard) (7400.92 lb) (130.24 inch) (39.49 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 3307.00 kg 3308.00 mm 1003.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.14 cubic yard) (7290.69 lb) (130.24 inch) (39.49 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 3318.00 kg 3361.00 mm 969.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.27 cubic yard) (7314.94 lb) (132.32 inch) (38.15 inch)

2.40 cubic meter 3289.00 kg 3248.00 mm 1063.00 mm

256-8911 Teeth (3.14 cubic yard) (7251.00 lb) (127.87 inch) (41.85 inch)

2.50 cubic meter 3239.00 kg 3248.00 mm 1063.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.27 cubic yard) (7140.77 lb) (127.87 inch) (41.85 inch)

Table 22
930H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT) (PENETRATION BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.30 cubic meter 3201.00 kg 3202.00 mm 1109.00 mm
251-9880 Flush Mounted Teeth (3.01 cubic yard) (7057.00 lb) (126.06 inch) (43.66 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3422.00 kg 3308.00 mm 1003.00 mm

251-9879 Flush Mounted Teeth (3.01 cubic yard) (7544.22 lb) (130.24 inch) (39.49 inch)

Table 23
930H Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND LARGE BUCKETS)
Ground Engaging
Bucket Rated Volume Rated Operating Load Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools
2.80 cubic meter 3178.00 kg 3290.00 mm 1028.00 mm
251-5412 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (7006.29 lb) (129.53 inch) (40.47 inch)

3.10 cubic meter 3142.00 kg 3246.00 mm 1250.00 mm

241-0916 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(4.05 cubic yard) (6926.92 lb) (127.80 inch) (49.21 inch)

2.80 cubic meter 3350.00 kg 3380.00 mm 1103.00 mm

252-6903 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.66 cubic yard) (7385.49 lb) (133.07 inch) (43.43 inch)

2.60 cubic meter 3086.00 kg 3273.00 mm 994.00 mm

300-6796 Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.40 cubic yard) (6803.46 lb) (128.86 inch) (39.13 inch)
46 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Rated Load for Pallet Forks

Failure to comply to the rated load can cause

possible personal injury or property damage. Re-
view the rated load of a particular work tool be-
fore performing any operation. Make adjustments
to the rated load as necessary for non-standard
configurations.

Note: Rated loads should be used as a guide. The

operator must be aware of the following conditions:
• Work tools Illustration 32 g01457264

• Uneven ground Dimension (A) represents the placement height.

Dimension (B) represents the load center. Dimension
(C) represents the reach.
• Soft ground

• Other poor ground conditions Rated loads are based upon a standard machine with
the following conditions:
For European applications, the rated load is defined
by “EN 474-3”. The rated operating load for a firm, • Implements
level surface is defined by the least amount of weight
of the following conditions. • Enclosed ROPS Cab with air conditioning

• 80% of the full turn static tipping load • 80 kg (176 lb ) operator

• The minimum lifting capacity • 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA

The rated operating load for rough terrain is defined • Optional Counterweight
by the least amount of weight of the following
conditions. • Additional sound suppression

• 60% of the full turn static tipping load

• The minimum lifting capacity
For North American applications, the rated operating
load is defined by “SAE J1197 Oct2002” as 50% of
the full turn static tipping load.
The maximum height from the ground to the top face
of the forks is given for forks that are horizontal at
maximum lift height. The reach from the front tires to
the front face of the forks is given for the forks that
are horizontal at maximum lift height.
SEBU8354-09 47
Product Information Section
Rated Load

924H
Table 24
924H Rated Load for pallet forks for all North American conditions (“SAE J1197 Oct2002”) ( “ Standard boom, 50% of
Full Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 762.00 mm

195-6935 2724.00 kg (6005.39 lb) 3637.00 mm (143.19 inch)
(48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (30.00 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 777.00 mm

195-6938 2616.00 kg (5767.29 lb) 3652.00 mm (143.78 inch)
(53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (30.59 inch)

172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch) 2552 kg (5626.19 lb) 3637.00 mm (143.19 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch)

Table 25
924H Rated Load for pallet forks for European operation on rough terrain (“EN 474-3”) ( “ Standard boom, 60% OF Full
Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1220.00 mm 762.00 mm
195-6935 600.00 mm (23.62 inch) 3279.00 kg (7228.96 lb) 3637.00 mm (143.19 inch)
(48.03 inch) (30.00 inch)

1370.00 mm 777.00 mm
195-6938 600.00 mm (23.62 inch) 3230.00 kg (7120.93 lb) 3652.00 mm (143.78 inch)
(53.94 inch) (30.59 inch)

172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 600.00 mm (23.62 inch) 3232 kg (7125.33 lb) 3637.00 mm (143.19 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch)

Table 26
924H Rated Load for pallet forks for European operation on a firm and level surface (“EN 474-3”) ( “ Standard boom,
80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1220.00 mm 762.00 mm
195-6935 600.00 mm (23.62 inch) 4372.00 kg (9638.61 lb) 3637.00 mm (143.19 inch)
(48.03 inch) (30.00 inch)

1370.00 mm 777.00 mm
195-6938 600.00 mm (23.62 inch) 4306.00 kg (9493.10 lb) 3652.00 mm (143.78 inch)
(53.94 inch) (30.59 inch)

172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 600.00 mm (23.62 inch) 4309 kg (9499.71 lb) 3637.00 mm (143.19 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch)

Table 27
924H Rated Load for pallet forks for all North American conditions (“SAE J1197 Oct2002”) ( “ High Lift Boom, 50% OF
Full Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 762.00 mm

195-6935 2329.00 kg (5134.57 lb) 4145.00 mm (163.19 inch)
(48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (30.00 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 777.00 mm

195-6938 2241.00 kg (4940.56 lb) 4160.00 mm (163.78 inch)
(53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (30.59 inch)

172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch) 2189 kg (4825.91 lb) 4145 mm (163.19 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch)
48 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 28
924H Rated Load for pallet forks for European operation on rough terrain (“EN 474-3”) ( “ High Lift boom, 60% OF Full
Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 4145.00 mm 762.00 mm

195-6935 2803.00 kg (6179.56 lb)
(48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (163.19 inch) (30.00 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 4160.00 mm 777.00 mm

195-6938 2758.00 kg (6080.35 lb)
(53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (163.78 inch) (30.59 inch)

600.00 mm
172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 2755 kg (6073.73 lb) 4145 mm (163.19 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch)
(23.62 inch)

Table 29
924H Rated Load for pallet forks for European operation on a firm and level surface (“EN 474-3”) ( “ High Lift boom,
80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 762.00 mm

195-6935 3738.00 kg (8240.88 lb) 4145.00 mm (163.19 inch)
(48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (30.00 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 777.00 mm

195-6938 3677.00 kg (8106.40 lb) 4160.00 mm (163.78 inch)
(53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (30.59 inch)

600.00 mm
172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 3674 kg (8099.77 lb) 4145 mm (163.19 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch)
(23.62 inch)
SEBU8354-09 49
Product Information Section
Rated Load

928H
Table 30
928H Rated Load for pallet forks for all North American conditions (“SAE J1197 Oct2002”) ( “ Standard boom, 50% OF
Full Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1050.00 mm 525.00 mm 792.00 mm

6W-8933 3149.00 kg (6942.36 lb) 3662.00 mm (144.17 inch)
(41.34 inch) (20.67 inch) (31.18 inch)

1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 792.00 mm

195-6935 3054.00 kg (6732.92 lb) 3662.00 mm (144.17 inch)
(48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (31.18 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 805.00 mm

195-6938 2926.00 kg (6450.73 lb) 3658.00 mm (144.02 inch)
(53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (31.69 inch)

172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 762 mm (30.00 inch) 2855 kg (6294.19 lb) 3662 mm (144.17 inch) 792 mm (31.18 inch)

Table 31
928H Rated Load for pallet forks for European operation on rough terrain (“EN 474-3”) ( “ Standard boom, 60% OF Full
Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1050.00 mm 600.00 mm 792.00 mm

6W-8933 3682.00 kg (8117.42 lb) 3662.00 mm (144.17 inch)
(41.34 inch) (23.62 inch) (31.18 inch)

1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 792.00 mm

195-6935 3677.00 kg (8106.40 lb) 3662.00 mm (144.17 inch)
(48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (31.18 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 805.00 mm

195-6938 3613.00 kg (7965.30 lb) 3658.00 mm (144.02 inch)
(53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (31.69 inch)

600.00 mm
172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 3615 kg (7969.70 lb) 3662 mm (144.17 inch) 792 mm (31.18 inch)
(23.62 inch)

Table 32
928H Rated Load for pallet forks for European operation on a firm and level surface (“EN 474-3”) ( “ Standard boom,
80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load”” )

Fork Length of Fork Tine Load Center (B) Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (C)

1050.00 mm 600.00 mm 3662.00 mm 792.00 mm

6W-8933 4909.00 kg (10822.49 lb)
(41.34 inch) (23.62 inch) (144.17 inch) (31.18 inch)

1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 3662.00 mm 792.00 mm

195-6935 4903.00 kg (10809.26 lb)
(48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (144.17 inch) (31.18 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 3658.00 mm 805.00 mm

195-6938 4817.00 kg (10619.67 lb)
(53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (144.02 inch) (31.69 inch)

600.00 mm
172-3228 1524 mm (60 inch) 4820 kg (10626.27 lb) 3662 mm (144.17 inch) 792 mm (31.18 inch)
(23.62 inch)
50 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

930H
Table 33
930H Rated Load for pallet forks (Standard boom)
Rated Operat- Rated Operat- Rated Operating
ing Load ing Load for Load for Firm
“SAE “EN 474-3”
Length of (“SAE J1197 ROUGH TER- and Level Placement
Fork J1197” Load Load Cen- Reach (C)
Fork Tine Oct2002” at RAIN (“EN 474- Ground (“EN 474- Height (A)
Center (B) ter (B)
50% tipping 3” at 60% tip- 3” at 80% tipping
load) ping load) load)

772.00 mm
1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 600.00 mm 3179.00 kg 3827.00 kg 5102.00 kg 3889.00 mm
195-6935 (30.39
(48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (23.62 inch) (7008.49 lb) (8437.09 lb) (11247.98 lb) (153.11 inch)
inch)

787.00 mm
1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 600.00 mm 3058.00 kg 3772.00 kg 5029.00 kg 3903.00 mm
195-6938 (30.98
(53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (23.62 inch) (6741.74 lb) (8315.84 lb) (11087.05 lb) (153.66 inch)
inch)

772.00 mm
1524.00 mm 762.00 mm 600.00 mm 2985.00 kg 3773.00 kg 5030.00 kg 3889.00 mm
172-3228 (30.39
(60.00 inch) (30.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (6580.80 lb) (8318.04 lb) (11089.25 lb) (153.11 inch)
inch)

Table 34
930H Rated Load for pallet forks (High Lift Boom)
Rated Operat- Rated Operat-
Rated Operating
“SAE ing Load for ing Load for
“EN 474-3” Load (“SAE
Length of J1197” ROUGH TER- Firm and Level Placement
Fork Load Center J1197 Oct2002” Reach (C)
Fork Tine Load Center RAIN (“EN Ground (“EN Height (A)
(B) at 50% tipping
(B) 474-3” at 60% 474-3” at 80%
load)
tipping load) tipping load)

772.00
1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 600.00 mm 2739.00 kg 3296.00 kg 4394.00 kg 4389.00 mm mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (23.62 inch) (6038.46 lb) (7266.44 lb) (9687.11 lb) (172.80 inch) (30.39
inch)

787.00
1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 600.00 mm 2639.00 kg 3245.00 kg 4326.00 kg 4403.00 mm mm
195-6938 (53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (23.62 inch) (5818.00 lb) (7154.00 lb) (9537.20 lb) (173.35 inch) (30.98
inch)

772.00
1524.00 mm 762.00 mm 600.00 mm 2580.00 kg 3242.00 kg 4322.00 kg 4389.00 mm mm
172-3228 (60.00 inch) (30.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (5687.93 lb) (7147.39 lb) (9528.38 lb) (172.80 inch) (30.39
inch)

Rated Load for Material Handling • Work tools

Arm • Uneven ground

• Soft ground

Failure to comply to the rated load can cause • Other poor ground conditions
possible personal injury or property damage. Re-
Rated loads are based upon a standard machine with
view the rated load of a particular work tool be-
the following conditions:
fore performing any operation. Make adjustments
to the rated load as necessary for non-standard • Implements
configurations.
• Enclosed ROPS Cab with air conditioning
Note: Rated loads should be used as a guide. The • 80 kg (176 lb ) operator
operator must be aware of the following conditions:
SEBU8354-09 51
Product Information Section
Rated Load

• 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA
• Optional Counterweight

• Additional sound suppression

The rated operating load is defined by the least
amount of weight of the minimum lift capacity,
minimum tilt capacity, and 50 percent of the full turn
static tipping load.
The placement height (ground line to the chain hook)
and reach (front tire to the chain hook) are given for
the highest position of the material handling arm and
for the lowest position of the material handling arm.
Rated loads will vary with different work tools.
Consult your Cat dealer regarding the rated load for
your specific machine configuration.

Note: The material handling arm has a structural

capacity of 2333 kg (5143 lb).

Note: The static test coefficient exceeded 1.25 times

the working load limit that is marked on the device.
Always select properly sized lifting accessories.
Always inspect the lifting accessories.

Illustration 33 g00628217
Position (A) represents the retracted position.
Position (B) represents the mid-position. Position (C)
represents the extended position.

924H
Rated loads will vary with different work tools.
Consult your Cat dealer regarding the rated load for
your specific machine configuration.
52 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 35
924H Rated Load for Material Handling Arm on a Standard Boom
Position of Material Handling
Retracted Position (A) Middle Position (B) Extended Position (C)
Arm
Rated Operating Load 1974.00 kg (4351.92 lb) 1569.00 kg (3459.05 lb) 1304.00 kg (2874.83 lb)

Placement Below Ground at

1890.00 mm (74.41 inch) 2840.00 mm (111.81 inch) 3792.00 mm (149.29 inch)
Lowest Position (E)

Reach at Lowest Position (F) 833.00 mm (32.80 inch) 1139.00 mm (44.84 inch) 1446.00 mm (56.93 inch)

Placement Height at Highest Po-

5733.00 mm (225.71 inch) 6611.00 mm (260.28 inch) 7491.00 mm (294.92 inch)
sition (D)

Reach at Highest Position (G) 1454.00 mm (57.24 inch) 1929.00 mm (75.94 inch) 2405.00 mm (94.69 inch)

Table 36
924H Rated Load for Material Handling Arm on a High Lift Boom
Position of Material Handling
Retracted Position (A) Middle Position (B) Extended Position (C)
Arm
Rated Operating Load 1745.00 kg (3847.07 lb) 1412.00 kg (3112.93 lb) 1187.00 kg (2616.89 lb)

Placement Below Ground at

1817.00 mm (71.54 inch) 2721.00 mm (107.13 inch) 3626.00 mm (142.76 inch)
Lowest Position (E)

Reach at Lowest Position (F) 1611.00 mm (63.43 inch) 2036.00 mm (80.16 inch) 2463.00 mm (96.97 inch)

Placement Height at Highest Po-

6326.00 mm (249.06 inch) 7238.00 mm (284.96 inch) 8151.00 mm (320.91 inch)
sition (D)

Reach at Highest Position (G) 1310.00 mm (51.57 inch) 1717.00 mm (67.60 inch) 2125.00 mm (83.66 inch)

930H Rated loads will vary with different work tools.

Consult your Cat dealer regarding the rated load for
your specific machine configuration.

Illustration 34 g01116915
930H Material Handling Arm
SEBU8354-09 53
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 37
930H Rated Load for Material Handling Arm on a Standard Boom
Position of Material Handling
Retracted Position (A) Middle Position (B) Extended Position (C)
Arm
Rated Operating Load 2333.00 kg (5143.38 lb) 1868.00 kg (4118.23 lb) 1559.00 kg (3437.01 lb)

Placement Below Ground at

1928.00 mm (75.91 inch) 2854.00 mm (112.36 inch) 3782.00 mm (148.90 inch)
Lowest Position (E)

Reach at Lowest Position (F) 1112.00 mm (43.78 inch) 1485.00 mm (58.46 inch) 1858.00 mm (73.15 inch)

Placement Height at Highest Po-

5949.00 mm (234.21 inch) 6846.00 mm (269.53 inch) 7745.00 mm (304.92 inch)
sition (D)

Reach at Highest Position (G) 1386.00 mm (54.57 inch) 1824.00 mm (71.81 inch) 2263.00 mm (89.09 inch)

Table 38

930H Rated Load for Material Handling Arm on a High Lift Boom

Position of Material Handling

Retracted Position (A) Middle Position (B) Extended Position (C)
Arm
Rated Operating Load 2072.00 kg (4567.98 lb) 1687.00 kg (3719.20 lb) 1425.00 kg (3141.59 lb)

Placement Below Ground at

1970.00 mm (77.56 inch) 2911.00 mm (114.61 inch) 3855.00 mm (151.77 inch)
Lowest Position (E)

Reach at Lowest Position (F) 1520.00 mm (59.84 inch) 1852.00 mm (72.91 inch) 2185.00 mm (86.02 inch)

Placement Height at Highest Po-

6380.00 mm (251.18 inch) 7250.00 mm (285.43 inch) 8122.00 mm (319.76 inch)
sition (D)

Reach at Highest Position (G) 1494.00 mm (58.82 inch) 1984.00 mm (78.11 inch) 2475.00 mm (97.44 inch)

Logging Fork Rated Load • 85% of the full turn static tipping load

• The minimum lifting capacity

• The minimum tilt capacity
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause
possible personal injury or property damage. Re- The rated operating load for rough terrain is defined
view the rated load of a particular work tool be- by the least amount of weight of the following
fore performing any operation. Make adjustments conditions.
to the rated load as necessary for non-standard
configurations. • 75% of the full turn static tipping load
• The minimum lifting capacity
Note: Rated loads should be used as a guide. The
operator must be aware of the following conditions: • The minimum tilt capacity

• Work tools For North American applications, the rated operating

load is defined by “SAE J1197 Oct2002” as 50% of
• Uneven ground the full turn static tipping load.

• Soft ground

• Other poor ground conditions

In European applications, the rated load is defined by
“EN 474-3”. The rated operating load for a firm, level
surface is defined by the least amount of weight of
the following conditions.
54 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Illustration 35 g00630434
Position (A) represents the placement height.
Position (B) represents the reach.

The maximum height from the ground to the top face

of the forks is given for forks that are horizontal at
maximum lift height. The reach from the front tires to
the front face of the forks is given for forks that are
horizontal at maximum lift height.
Rated loads are based upon a standard machine with
the following conditions:

• Implements
• Enclosed ROPS Cab with air conditioning
• 80 kg (176 lb ) operator

• 20.5-25R25 L3 XHA
• Optional Counterweight

• Additional sound suppression

NOTICE
Log and lumber forks should not be used with the
high lift boom.

Table 39
924H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and Coupler for all North American Conditions
(“SAE J1197 Oct2002”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

154-8708 1220 4' 0" 2400 5279 3707 12' 2" 801 2' 8"

Table 40
924H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and Coupler for all European Conditions on rough
terrain (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

154-8708 1220 4' 0" 3269 7191 3707 12' 2" 801 2' 8"
SEBU8354-09 55
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 41
924H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and Coupler for all European Conditions on a firm
and level surface (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

154-8708 1220 4' 0" 3269 7191 3707 12'2" 801 2' 8"

Table 42
924H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and No Coupler for all North American Conditions
(“SAE J1197 Oct2002”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

141-6271 1220 1220 2664 5860 3579 3579 635 635

Table 43
924H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and No Coupler for all European Conditions on
rough terrain (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

141-6271 1220 1220 3995 8790 3579 3579 635 635

Table 44
924H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and No Coupler for all European Conditions on a
firm and level surface (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

141-6271 1220 1220 4076 8967 3579 3579 635 635

Table 45
930H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and Coupler for all North American Conditions
(“SAE J1197 Oct2002”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

154-8708 1220 4' 0" 2845 6259 3875 12' 9" 811 2' 8"

Table 46
930H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and Coupler for all European Conditions on rough
terrain (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

154-8708 1220 4' 0" 4268 9389 3875 12' 9" 811 2' 8"

Table 47
930H Rated Loads for Log and Lumber Forks with Standard Boom and Coupler for all European Conditions on a firm
and level surface (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

154-8708 1220 4' 0" 4524 9953 3875 12' 9" 811 2' 8"
56 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 48
930H RATED LOADS FOR LOG AND LUMBER FORKS WITH STANDARD BOOM AND NO COUPLER FOR ALL NORTH
AMERICAN CONDITIONS (“SAE J1197 Oct2002”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

141-6271 1220 1220 3142 6911 3747 3747 645 645

Table 49
930H RATED LOADS FOR LOG AND LUMBER FORKS WITH STANDARD BOOM AND NO COUPLER FOR EUROPEAN
OPERATION ON ROUGH TERRAIN (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

141-6271 1220 1220 4712 10367 3747 3747 645 645

Table 50
930H RATED LOADS FOR LOG AND LUMBER FORKS WITH STANDARD BOOM AND NO COUPLER FOR EUROPEAN
OPERATION ON A FIRM AND LEVEL SURFACE (“EN 474-3”)

Fork Length of Fork Tine Rated Operating Load Placement Height (A) Reach (B)

141-6271 1220 1220 5317 11697 3747 3747 645 645

Rated Load for all other Work Tools An asterisk (*) denotes that the value is limited by the
hydraulics.

When this machine is equipped with front attach-

ments other than a bucket, lifting a load that is
greater than shown in the chart below could
cause the attachment to rotate downward, allow-
ing the load to slide or pitch forward resulting in
personal injury or death.
The combined weight of the work tool, the coupler (if
equipped), and the applied load must not be greater
than the maximum allowable load at the point of load
application.

Illustration 36 g00460008
(1) Bucket Tilt link
(2) Lift arm pin
(3) Load application point
(X) Distance to load center

Consult your local Cat dealer regarding any

questions about work tools.
SEBU8354-09 57
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 51
924H Standard Lift Linkage with Wide Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”
X (mm from (B) pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2889 2770 2646 2522 2402 2289 2183 2084 1993
800 3058 2907 2755 2609 2473 2347 2231 2124 2026
600 3224 3033 2852 2685 2533 2395 2270 2156 2053
400 3368 3135 2927 2741 2576 2429 2298 2179 2072
Y (mm 200 3457 3195 2969 2772 2600 2448 2313 2191 2082
from (B)
pin) 0 3460 3197 2971 2774 2602 2449 2314 2192 2083
-200 3378 3143 2933 2746 2581 2433 2301 2182 2074
-400 3239 3045 2861 2693 2539 2401 2275 2161 2057
-600 3075 2921 2767 2620 2482 2355 2238 2130 2032
-800 2907 2786 2660 2534 2413 2298 2191 2092 1999
-1000 2746 2651 2547 2441 2336 2235 2138 2047 1962

Table 52
924H High Lift Linkage with Wide Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”
X (mm from (B) pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2486 2396 2300 2204 2110 2021 1936 1857 1782
800 2613 2500 2385 2273 2167 2067 1975 1889 1810
600 2737 2596 2459 2332 2214 2105 2006 1915 1832
400 2843 2673 2517 2376 2248 2133 2029 1934 1847
Y (mm 200 2909 2718 2549 2400 2267 2148 2041 1944 1856
from (B)
pin) 0 2914 2721 2552 2402 2269 2150 2042 1945 1857
-200 2856 2682 2524 2381 2253 2137 2032 1937 1850
-400 2755 2610 2470 2341 2221 2112 2012 1920 1836
-600 2634 2517 2399 2285 2177 2076 1982 1896 1816
-800 2508 2415 2317 2218 2123 2032 1946 1865 1790
-1000 2385 2311 2230 2146 2062 1981 1903 1829 1759

Table 53
924Hz Standard Linkage with no Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”
X (mm from (B) pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2875 2787 2682 2569 2383(*) 2174(*) 1999(*) 1846(*) 1711(*)
Y (mm
from (B) 800 3073 2956 2821 2683 2547 2353(*) 2139(*) 1961(*) 1810(*)
pin)
600 3289 3128 2956 2788 2630 2484 2296(*) 2087(*) 1912(*)

400 3510 3290 3075 2876 2697 2537 2371(*) 2083(*) 1857(*)

(continued)
58 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

(Table 53, contd)

924Hz Standard Linkage with no Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”

200 3700 3413 3158 2936 2742 2570 2251(*) 1990(*) 1783(*)

0 3782 3461 3189 2958 2757 2446(*) 2140(*) 1902(*) 1712(*)

-200 3702 3414 3160 2937 2669(*) 2309(*) 2035(*) 1818(*) 1644(*)

-400 3514 3293 3077 2878 2507(*) 2187(*) 1939(*) 1742(*) 1581(*)

-600 3293 3131 2959 2732(*) 2359(*) 2076(*) 1852(*) 1671(*) 1523(*)

-800 3077 2959 2824 2554(*) 2225(*) 1971(*) 1769(*) 1605(*) 1469(*)

-1000 2496(*) 2457(*) 2399(*) 2314(*) 2105(*) 1877(*) 1693(*) 1542(*) 1416(*)

Table 54
928Hz Standard Lift Linkage with no Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”
X (mm from (B) pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 3283 3188 3073 2856(*) 2596(*) 2379(*) 2195(*) 2028(*) 1886(*)

800 3498 3371 3225 3074 2855(*) 2584(*) 2357(*) 2166(*) 2004(*)

600 3729 3557 3371 3189 3017 2813(*) 2540(*) 2312(*) 2121(*)

400 3965 3730 3499 3285 3090 2914 2673(*) 2348(*) 2094(*)

Y (mm 200 4166 3862 3590 3350 3138 2921(*) 2535(*) 2240(*) 2006(*)
from (B)
pin) 0 4253 3913 3623 3373 3155 2746(*) 2403(*) 2136(*) 1922(*)

-200 4169 3863 3591 3351 2994(*) 2591(*) 2283(*) 2041(*) 1845(*)

-400 3969 3733 3501 3281(*) 2805(*) 2450(*) 2174(*) 1954(*) 1774(*)

-600 3734 3560 3374 3049(*) 2634(*) 2318(*) 2070(*) 1870(*) 1705(*)

-800 3455(*) 3362(*) 3228 2848(*) 2483(*) 2200(*) 1976(*) 1792(*) 1640(*)

-1000 2794(*) 2734(*) 2676(*) 2606(*) 2348(*) 2094(*) 1889(*) 1721(*) 1580(*)

Table 55
930H Standard Lift Linkage with Wide Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”
X (mm from (B) pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 3361 3229 3089 2950 2815 2687 2567 2455 2350
800 3549 3381 3212 3049 2895 2753 2621 2500 2388
600 3732 3521 3320 3133 2962 2807 2665 2537 2419
400 3890 3634 3403 3196 3011 2846 2697 2562 2440
Y (mm 200 3987 3699 3449 3231 3038 2867 2714 2576 2452
from (B)
pin) 0 3990 3702 3451 3232 3039 2868 2715 2577 2452
-200 3900 3642 3409 3201 3015 2849 2700 2565 2443
-400 3746 3533 3329 3141 2969 2813 2670 2541 2423
-600 3565 3395 3223 3059 2904 2761 2628 2506 2394
-800 3379 3245 3103 2962 2826 2697 2575 2462 2357
-1000 3200 3093 2977 2858 2739 2624 2515 2411 2313
SEBU8354-09 59
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 56
930H High Lift Linkage with Wide Coupler “SAE Rated Loads”
X (mm from (B) pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2912 2811 2703 2593 2487 2385 2288 2196 2111
800 3055 2928 2798 2671 2551 2437 2332 2234 2142
600 3194 3035 2882 2738 2604 2481 2368 2264 2168
400 3312 3121 2946 2787 2643 2512 2393 2285 2185
Y (mm 200 3385 3171 2983 2815 2664 2529 2407 2296 2195
from (B)
pin) 0 3389 3175 2985 2817 2666 2531 2408 2297 2196
-200 3324 3130 2953 2793 2648 2516 2397 2288 2188
-400 3211 3049 2893 2747 2612 2488 2374 2269 2172
-600 3075 2945 2812 2683 2561 2446 2340 2241 2149
-800 2934 2830 2719 2608 2499 2396 2297 2205 2119
-1000 2796 2712 2620 2525 2430 2338 2248 2163 2083

Fusion Coupler
60 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

924H Buckets
Table 57
924H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND FUSION COUPLER)
Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Bucket Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 3315.00 kg 2733.00 mm 1062.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (7308.32 lb) (107.60 inch) (41.81 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3292.00 kg 2628.00 mm 1165.00 mm

345-2420 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (7257.62 lb) (103.46 inch) (45.87 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3242.00 kg 2628.00 mm 1165.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (7147.39 lb) (103.46 inch) (45.87 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3278.00 kg 2684.00 mm 1099.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (7226.75 lb) (105.67 inch) (43.27 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3254.00 kg 2578.00 mm 1201.00 mm

345-2422 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (7173.84 lb) (101.50 inch) (47.28 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3204.00 kg 2578.00 mm 1201.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (7063.61 lb) (101.50 inch) (47.28 inch)

Table 58
924H HL Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND FUSION COUPLER)
Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Bucket Part Number Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 2692.00 kg 3240.00 mm 1062.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (5934.84 lb) (127.56 inch) (41.81 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 2670.00 kg 3136.00 mm 1165.00 mm

345-2420 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (5886.34 lb) (123.46 inch) (45.87 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 2621.00 kg 3136.00 mm 1165.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (5778.32 lb) (123.46 inch) (45.87 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 2660.00 kg 3191.00 mm 1099.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (5864.30 lb) (125.63 inch) (43.27 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 2637.00 kg 3086.00 mm 1201.00 mm

345-2422 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (5813.59 lb) (121.50 inch) (47.28 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 2589.00 kg 3086.00 mm 1201.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (5707.77 lb) (121.50 inch) (47.28 inch)
SEBU8354-09 61
Product Information Section
Rated Load

930H Buckets
Table 59
930H Rated Bucket Load (STANDARD BOOM AND FUSION COUPLER)
Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Bucket Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 3913.00 kg 2900.00 mm 1072.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (8626.69 lb) (114.17 inch) (42.20 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3890.00 kg 2796.00 mm 1175.00 mm

345-2420 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (8575.98 lb) (110.08 inch) (46.26 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3840.00 kg 2796.00 mm 1175.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (8465.75 lb) (110.08 inch) (46.26 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3875.00 kg 2851.00 mm 1109.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (8542.91 lb) (112.24 inch) (43.66 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3852.00 kg 2746.00 mm 1211.00 mm

345-2422 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (8492.21 lb) (108.11 inch) (47.68 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3802.00 kg 2746.00 mm 1211.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (8381.97 lb) (108.11 inch) (47.68 inch)

Table 60
930H HL Rated Bucket Load (HIGH LIFT BOOM AND FUSION COUPLER)
Ground Engaging Rated Operating
Bucket Rated Volume Dump Clearance (A) Reach (B)
Tools Load
2.10 cubic meter 3125.00 kg 3400.00 mm 1072.00 mm
Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(2.75 cubic yard) (6889.45 lb) (133.86 inch) (42.20 inch)

2.00 cubic meter 3103.00 kg 3296.00 mm 1174.00 mm

345-2420 Teeth (2.62 cubic yard) (6840.94 lb) (129.76 inch) (46.22 inch)

2.10 cubic meter 3055.00 kg 3296.00 mm 1174.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(2.75 cubic yard) (6735.12 lb) (129.76 inch) (46.22 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3090.00 kg 3351.00 mm 1109.00 mm

Bolt-on Cutting Edge
(3.01 cubic yard) (6812.28 lb) (131.93 inch) (43.66 inch)

2.20 cubic meter 3067.00 kg 3246.00 mm 1210.00 mm

345-2422 Teeth (2.88 cubic yard) (6761.58 lb) (127.80 inch) (47.64 inch)

2.30 cubic meter 3019.00 kg 3246.00 mm 1210.00 mm

Teeth and Segments
(3.01 cubic yard) (6655.76 lb) (127.80 inch) (47.64 inch)
62 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

924H Forks
Table 61
924H Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR ALL NORTH AMERICAN CONDITIONS FUSION (“SAE J1197 FEB
91”) (STANDARD BOOM, 50% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 2671.00 kg 1787.00 mm 779.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (5888.55 lb) (70.35 inch) (30.67 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 2559.00 kg 1802.00 mm 794.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (5641.63 lb) (70.94 inch) (31.26 inch)

1524.00 mm 762.00 mm 2504.00 kg 1787.00 mm 779.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (30.00 inch) (5520.37 lb) (70.35 inch) (30.67 inch)

Table 62
924H Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON ROUGH TERRAIN FUSION (“EN
474-3”) (STANDARD BOOM, 60% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 3208.00 kg 1756.00 mm 774.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (7072.43 lb) (69.13 inch) (30.47 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 3153.00 kg 1773.00 mm 790.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (6951.17 lb) (69.80 inch) (31.10 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 3164.00 kg 1759.00 mm 775.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (6975.43 lb) (69.25 inch) (30.51 inch)

Table 63
924H Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON A FIRM AND LEVEL SURFACE FU-
SION (“EN 474-3”) (STANDARD BOOM, 80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 4174.00 kg 1756.00 mm 774.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (9202.09 lb) (69.13 inch) (30.47 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 4059.00 kg 1773.00 mm 790.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (8948.56 lb) (69.80 inch) (31.10 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 4081.00 kg 1759.00 mm 775.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (8997.06 lb) (69.25 inch) (30.51 inch)

Table 64
924H HL Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR ALL NORTH AMERICAN CONDITIONS FUSION (“SAE J1197
FEB 91”) (HIGH LIFT BOOM, 50% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 2277.00 kg 1787.00 mm 779.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (5019.93 lb) (70.35 inch) (30.67 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 2185.00 kg 1802.00 mm 794.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (4817.10 lb) (70.94 inch) (31.26 inch)

1524.00 mm 762.00 mm 2142.00 kg 1787.00 mm 779.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (30.00 inch) (4722.30 lb) (70.35 inch) (30.67 inch)
SEBU8354-09 63
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 65
924H HL Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON ROUGH TERRAIN FUSION (“EN
474-3”) (HIGH LIFT BOOM, 60% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 2735.00 kg 1756.00 mm 774.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (6029.64 lb) (69.13 inch) (30.47 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 2684.00 kg 1773.00 mm 790.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (5917.21 lb) (69.80 inch) (31.10 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 2692.00 kg 1759.00 mm 775.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (5934.84 lb) (69.25 inch) (30.51 inch)

Table 66
924H HL Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON A FIRM AND LEVEL SURFACE
FUSION (“EN 474-3”) (HIGH LIFT BOOM, 80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 3647.00 kg 1756.00 mm 774.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (8040.26 lb) (69.13 inch) (30.47 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 3578.00 kg 1773.00 mm 790.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (7888.14 lb) (69.80 inch) (31.10 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 3589.00 kg 1759.00 mm 775.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (7912.39 lb) (69.25 inch) (30.51 inch)
64 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

930H Forks
Table 67
930H HL Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR ALL NORTH AMERICAN CONDITIONS FUSION (“SAE J1197
FEB 91”) (HIGH LIFT BOOM, 50% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 2697.00 kg 1774.00 mm 788.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (5945.87 lb) (69.84 inch) (31.02 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 2596.00 kg 1789.00 mm 803.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (5723.20 lb) (70.43 inch) (31.61 inch)

1524.00 mm 762.00 mm 2548.00 kg 1774.00 mm 788.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (30.00 inch) (5617.38 lb) (69.84 inch) (31.02 inch)

Table 68
930H HL Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON ROUGH TERRAIN FUSION (“EN
474-3”) (HIGH LIFT BOOM, 60% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 3239.00 kg 1743.00 mm 784.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (7140.77 lb) (68.62 inch) (30.87 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 3186.00 kg 1760.00 mm 800.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (7023.93 lb) (69.29 inch) (31.50 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 3196.00 kg 1746.00 mm 785.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (7045.97 lb) (68.74 inch) (30.91 inch)

Table 69
930H HL Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON A FIRM AND LEVEL SURFACE
FUSION (“EN 474-3”) (HIGH LIFT BOOM, 80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 4319.00 kg 1743.00 mm 784.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (9521.76 lb) (68.62 inch) (30.87 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 4248.00 kg 1760.00 mm 800.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (9365.24 lb) (69.29 inch) (31.50 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 4261.00 kg 1746.00 mm 785.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (9393.90 lb) (68.74 inch) (30.91 inch)

Table 70
930H Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR ALL NORTH AMERICAN CONDITIONS FUSION (“SAE J1197 FEB
91”) (STANDARD BOOM, 50% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 610.00 mm 3135.00 kg 1774.00 mm 789.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (24.02 inch) (6911.49 lb) (69.84 inch) (31.06 inch)

1370.00 mm 685.00 mm 3012.00 kg 1789.00 mm 804.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (26.97 inch) (6640.32 lb) (70.43 inch) (31.65 inch)

1524.00 mm 762.00 mm 2951.00 kg 1774.00 mm 789.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (30.00 inch) (6505.84 lb) (69.84 inch) (31.06 inch)
SEBU8354-09 65
Product Information Section
Rated Load

Table 71
930H Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON ROUGH TERRAIN FUSION (“EN
474-3”) (STANDARD BOOM, 60% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 3766.00 kg 1743.00 mm 784.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (8302.61 lb) (68.62 inch) (30.87 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 3709.00 kg 1760.00 mm 800.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (8176.94 lb) (69.29 inch) (31.50 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 3722.00 kg 1746.00 mm 785.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (8205.60 lb) (68.74 inch) (30.91 inch)

Table 72
930H Rated Load FOR PALLET FORKS 345-2415 FOR EUROPEAN OPERATION ON A FIRM AND LEVEL SURFACE FU-
SION (“EN 474-3”) (STANDARD BOOM, 80% OF Full Turn Static Tipping Load)
Rated Operating
Fork Fork Tine Length Load Center (B) Placement Height (A) Reach (C)
Load
1220.00 mm 600.00 mm 5021.00 kg 1743.00 mm 784.00 mm
195-6935 (48.03 inch) (23.62 inch) (11069.41 lb) (68.62 inch) (30.87 inch)

1370.00 mm 600.00 mm 4945.00 kg 1760.00 mm 800.00 mm

195-6938 (53.94 inch) (23.62 inch) (10901.86 lb) (69.29 inch) (31.50 inch)

1524.00 mm 600.00 mm 4962.00 kg 1746.00 mm 785.00 mm

172-3228 (60.00 inch) (23.62 inch) (10939.34 lb) (68.74 inch) (30.91 inch)
66 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Rated Load

924H XY Chart
Table 73
924H HVY XY Load Chart Tool - Fusion coupler
SAE Rated Loads (kg)

X (mm) (from B pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2938 2823 2699 2574 2452 2337 2228 2127 2033
800 3119 2970 2817 2668 2529 2399 2279 2169 2068
600 3301 3109 2923 2751 2593 2450 2321 2204 2097
400 3463 3223 3006 2813 2641 2488 2351 2228 2117
200 3566 3291 3053 2847 2667 2509 2368 2241 2128
Y (mm)
0 3571 3294 3056 2850 2669 2510 2369 2243 2129
(from B pin)
−200 3476 3233 3014 2819 2647 2493 2355 2232 2120
−400 3320 3124 2935 2761 2602 2458 2328 2209 2102
−600 3141 2988 2832 2682 2540 2409 2288 2177 2075
−800 2961 2844 2717 2589 2466 2349 2239 2136 2041
−1000 2791 2700 2597 2491 2384 2281 2182 2089 2001

Table 74
HL 924H XY Load Chart Tool - Fusion coupler
SAE Rated Loads (kg)

X (mm) (from B pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2528 2441 2346 2249 2154 2063 1976 1894 1818
800 2664 2553 2437 2323 2215 2113 2017 1929 1847
600 2800 2658 2519 2387 2266 2154 2051 1957 1871
400 2919 2744 2582 2436 2303 2184 2076 1977 1888
200 2996 2795 2619 2463 2324 2201 2089 1988 1897
Y (mm)
0 3002 2799 2622 2466 2327 2202 2091 1990 1898
(from B pin)
−200 2935 2756 2591 2443 2310 2189 2080 1981 1891
−400 2822 2675 2533 2399 2276 2162 2059 1964 1877
−600 2690 2574 2455 2338 2228 2124 2027 1938 1855
−800 2555 2464 2367 2267 2170 2076 1988 1905 1827
−1000 2425 2354 2274 2190 2105 2023 1943 1867 1795
SEBU8354-09 67
Product Information Section
Rated Load

930H XY Chart
Table 75
930H HVY XY Load Chart Tool - Fusion coupler
SAE Rated Loads (kg)

X (mm) (from B pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 3414 3286 3148 3007 2870 2740 2617 2501 2394
800 3615 3449 3279 3113 2956 2810 2674 2550 2435
600 3815 3603 3397 3205 3029 2868 2722 2589 2467
400 3992 3729 3489 3274 3082 2910 2756 2616 2490
200 4105 3803 3541 3312 3111 2933 2774 2631 2502
Y (mm)
0 4109 3806 3544 3315 3113 2935 2775 2632 2503
(from B pin)
−200 4005 3738 3497 3280 3087 2915 2760 2620 2493
−400 3833 3617 3409 3215 3037 2875 2728 2594 2472
−600 3635 3467 3294 3126 2967 2820 2683 2557 2441
−800 3437 3306 3165 3022 2884 2751 2627 2511 2402
−1000 3247 3145 3031 2911 2791 2675 2563 2457 2357

Table 76
HL 930H HVY XY Load Chart Tool - Fusion coupler
SAE Rated Loads (kg)

X (mm) (from B pin)

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

1000 2958 2860 2753 2643 2535 2431 2332 2238 2150
800 3110 2985 2855 2726 2603 2487 2379 2278 2184
600 3261 3103 2946 2798 2661 2534 2417 2310 2211
400 3394 3198 3017 2853 2703 2568 2445 2333 2230
200 3478 3255 3058 2883 2727 2587 2460 2345 2240
Y (mm)
0 3484 3259 3061 2886 2729 2588 2461 2346 2241
(from B pin)
−200 3409 3210 3027 2860 2710 2573 2449 2337 2233
−400 3283 3120 2960 2810 2671 2542 2424 2316 2217
−600 3135 3006 2873 2741 2616 2498 2389 2286 2192
−800 2984 2883 2773 2660 2550 2444 2344 2249 2160
−1000 2838 2758 2668 2573 2477 2383 2292 2205 2122
68 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Identification Information

Identification Information
i04164782

Plate Locations and Film

Locations
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
The Product Identification Number (PIN) will be used
to identify a powered machine that is designed for an
operator to ride.
Caterpillar products such as engines, transmissions,
and work tools that are not designed for an operator
to ride are identified by Serial Numbers.
For quick reference, record the identification
numbers in the spaces that are provided below the
illustration.

Illustration 37 g00921760

(1) Engine Serial Number (2) Transmission Serial Number

Transmission Serial Number

Engine Serial Number
SEBU8354-09 69
Product Information Section
Emissions Certification Film

For machines compliant to “1998/37/EC”, the

following information is stamped onto the CE plate.
For quick reference, record this information in the
spaces that are provided below.
• Engine Power for primary engine (kW)

• Typical machine operating weight for European

market (kg)

• Year
For the name of the manufacturer, the address of the
manufacturer, and the country of origin, refer to the
PIN plate.

i04687649

Emissions Certification Film

SMCS Code: 1000; 7000; 7405

Certification Label for Emissions

Note: This information is pertinent in the United
States, in Canada, and in Europe.
Consult your Cat dealer for an Emission Control
Warranty Statement.
Illustration 38 g00921761 This label is located on the engine valve cover.
(3) PIN Plate
(4) CE Mark

Machine PIN
Year Of Manufacture (YOM)

CE Mark
This plate is located on the bottom left side of the
Identification Plate.

Note: The CE plate is on machines that are certified

to the European Union requirements that are listed
on the “Document of Conformity”. If the machine is
equipped with the plate for the European Union, the
plate is attached to the PIN plates.
Information is stamped onto the CE plate. For quick
reference, record this information in the spaces that
are provided below.

• Engine Power for primary engine (kW)

• Engine Power for additional engine (if equipped)
(kW)

• Typical machine operating weight for European

market (kg)

• Year of construction
• Machine Type
70 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

Table 77
An EC Declaration of Conformity document was provided with the machine if it was manufactured to comply with specific requirements for the
European Union. In order to determine the details of the applicable Directives, review the complete EC Declaration of Conformity provided with
the machine. The extract shown below from an EC Declaration of Conformity for machines that are declared compliant to “2006/42/EC” applies
only to those machines originally “CE” marked by the manufacturer listed and which have not since been modified.

EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY OF MACHINERY

Manufacturer: Caterpillar Inc., 100 N.E. Adams Street, Peoria, Illinois 61629, USA

Person authorized to compile the Technical File and to communicate relevant part (s) of the Technical File to the Authorities of Euro-
pean Union Member States on request:

Standards & Regulations Manager,Caterpillar France S.A.S 40,

Avenue Leon-Blum, B.P. 55, 38041 Grenoble Cedex 9, France

I, the undersigned, _________, hereby certify that the construction equipment specified hereunder

Description: Generic Denomination: Earth moving Equipment

Function: Wheeled loader

Model/Type: 924H, 928H, 930H Wheel Loader
930H Integrated Tool Carrier

Serial Number:
Commercial Name: Caterpillar

Fulfils all the relevant provisions of the following Directives

Directives Notified Body Document No.

2006/42/EC N/A
2000/14/EC amended by 2005/88/EC, Note (1) A V Technology Ltd.

2004/108/EC N/A

Note (1) Annex -VI____ Guaranteed Sound Power Level -____dB (A)
Representative Equipment Type Sound Power Level - ____dB (A)
Engine Power per ____-____ kW Rated engine speed - ____ rpm
Technical Documentation accessible through person listed above authorized to compile the Technical File

Done at: Signature

Date: Name/Position

Note: The above information was correct as of September 2009, but may be subject to change, please refer to the individual declaration of con-
formity issued with the machine for exact details.
SEBU8354-09 71
Product Information Section
Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

Table 78
An EC or EU Declaration of Conformity document was provided with the machine if it was manufactured to comply with specific requirements
for the European Union. In order to determine the details of the applicable Directives, review the complete EC or EU Declaration of Conformity
provided with the machine. The extract shown below from an EC or EU Declaration of Conformity for machines that are declared compliant to
“2006/42/EC” applies only to those machines originally “CE” marked by the manufacturer listed and which have not since been modified.

Original EC or EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Manufacturer:
Caterpillar Inc., 100 N.E. Adams Street, Peoria, Illinois 61629, USA

Person authorized to compile the Technical File and to communicate relevant part (s) of the Technical File to the Authorities of Euro-
pean Union Member States on request:

Standards & Regulations Manager, Caterpillar France SAS

40 Avenue Leon-Blum 38000 Grenoble , France

I, the undersigned, _________, hereby certify that the construction equipment specified hereunder

Description: Generic Denomination: Earth-moving Equipment

Function: Fork with Top Clamp

Model/Type: Industrial Grapple Fork, Utility Grapple Fork

Serial Number:
Commercial Name: Caterpillar

Fulfills all the relevant provisions of the following Directives

Directives Notified Body Document No.

2006/42/EC N/A

2014/30/EU N/A

Note (1) Technical Documentation accessible through person listed above authorized to compile the Technical File

Done at: Signature

Date: Name/Position

Note: The above information was correct as of January 2016, but may be subject to change, please refer to the individual Declaration of Con-
formity issued with the machine for exact details.
72 SEBU8354-09
Product Information Section
Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

Table 79
An EC or EU Declaration of Conformity document was provided with the machine if it was manufactured to comply with specific requirements
for the European Union. In order to determine the details of the applicable Directives, review the complete EC or EU Declaration of Conformity
provided with the machine. The extract shown below from an EC or EU Declaration of Conformity for machines that are declared compliant to
“2006/42/EC” applies only to those machines originally “CE” marked by the manufacturer listed and which have not since been modified.

Original EC or EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Manufacturer:
Caterpillar Inc., 100 N.E. Adams Street, Peoria, Illinois 61629, USA

Person authorized to compile the Technical File and to communicate relevant part (s) of the Technical File to the Authorities of Euro-
pean Union Member States on request:

Standards & Regulations Manager, Caterpillar France SAS

40 Avenue Leon-Blum 38000 Grenoble, France

I, the undersigned, _________, hereby certify that the construction equipment specified hereunder

Description: Generic Denomination: Earth-moving Equipment

Function: Multipurpose Bucket

Model/Type: Multipurpose (MP) Bucket

Serial Number:
Commercial Name: Caterpillar

Fulfills all the relevant provisions of the following Directives

Directives Notified Body Document No.

2006/42/EC N/A

2014/30/EU N/A

Note (1) Technical Documentation accessible through person listed above authorized to compile the Technical File

Done at: Signature

Date: Name/Position

Note: The above information was correct as of February 2016, but may be subject to change, please refer to the individual declaration of con-
formity issued with the machine for exact details.
SEBU8354-09 73
Product Information Section
Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

Table 80
An EC or EU Declaration of Conformity document was provided with the machine if it was manufactured to comply with specific requirements
for the European Union. In order to determine the details of the applicable Directives, review the complete EC or EU Declaration of Conformity
provided with the machine. The extract shown below from an EC or EU Declaration of Conformity for machines that are declared compliant to
“2006/42/EC” applies only to those machines originally “CE” marked by the manufacturer listed and which have not since been modified.

Original EC or EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Manufacturer:
Caterpillar Inc., 100 N.E. Adams Street, Peoria, Illinois 61629, USA

Person authorized to compile the Technical File and to communicate relevant part (s) of the Technical File to the Authorities of Euro-
pean Union Member States on request:

Standards & Regulations Manager, Caterpillar France SAS

40 Avenue Leon-Blum 38000 Grenoble, France

I, the undersigned, _________, hereby certify that the construction equipment specified hereunder

Description: Generic Denomination: Earth-moving Equipment

Function: Material Handling Arm

Model/Type: Material Handling Arm (MHA), Truss Boom, Lifting Hook

Serial Number:

Commercial Name: Caterpillar

Fulfills all the relevant provisions of the following Directives

Directives Notified Body Document No.

2006/42/EC N/A

2014/30/EU N/A

Note (1) Technical Documentation accessible through person listed above authorized to compile the Technical File

Done at: Signature

Date: Name/Position

Note: The above information was correct as of January 2016, but may be subject to change, please refer to the individual Declaration of Con-
formity issued with the machine for exact details.
74 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Before Operation

Operation Section Machine Access System

Specifications
Before Operation The machine access system has been designed to
meet the intent of the technical requirements in “ISO
2867 Earth-moving Machinery – Access Systems”.
i04021647 The access system provides for operator access to
the operator station and to conduct the maintenance
Mounting and Dismounting procedures described in Maintenance section.
SMCS Code: 7000
Alternate Exit
Machines that are equipped with cabs have alternate
exits. For additional information, see Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Alternate Exit”.

i02796043

Daily Inspection
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

Hot oil and hot components can cause personal

injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot components to
contact skin.
Illustration 39 g00037860
Typical example At operating temperature, the engine coolant is
hot and under pressure.
Mount the machine and dismount the machine only
at locations that have steps and/or handholds. Before Steam can cause personal injury.
you mount the machine, clean the steps and the Check the coolant level only after the engine has
handholds. Inspect the steps and handholds. Make been stopped and the cooling system pressure
all necessary repairs. cap is cool enough to touch with your bare hand.
Face the machine whenever you get on the machine Remove the cooling system pressure cap slowly
and whenever you get off the machine. to relieve pressure.
Maintain a three-point contact with the steps and with Cooling system conditioner contains alkali. Avoid
the handholds. contact with the skin and eyes to prevent person-
al injury.
Note: Three-point contact can be two feet and one
hand. Three-point contact can also be one foot and
two hands.
NOTICE
Do not mount a moving machine. Do not dismount a Accumulated grease and oil on a machine is a fire
moving machine. Never jump off the machine. Do not hazard. Remove this debris with steam cleaning or
carry tools or supplies when you try to mount the high pressure water, at least every 1000 hours or
machine or when you try to dismount the machine. each time any significant quantity of oil is spilled on a
Use a hand line to pull equipment onto the platform. machine.
Do not use any controls as handholds when you
enter the operator compartment or when you exit the
operator compartment. Note: For maximum service life of the machine,
make a thorough daily inspection before you operate
the machine. Inspect the machine for leaks. Remove
any debris from the engine compartment and the
undercarriage. Ensure that all guards, covers, and
caps are secured. Inspect all hoses and belts for
damage. Inspect all lights and mirrors for damage.
SEBU8354-09 75
Operation Section
Steering Frame Lock

Note: If any leaks are noted on the axles, perform the

oil level check. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Differential and Final Drive Oil Level -
Check” for the proper procedure to check the axles.
Make the needed repairs before you operate the
machine.
Perform the following procedures on a daily basis.
• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Backup
Alarm - Test”
• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Bucket Tips
- Inspect/Replace”

• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Cooling

System Coolant Level - Check”

• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oil

Level - Check”
• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Hydraulic
System Oil Level - Check” Illustration 40 g01412699

• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Seat Belt - In order to lift the machine, connect the steering
Inspect” frame lock link (3). In order to transport the machine,
connect the steering frame lock link (3). The pins (1)
• Operation and Maintenance Manual, should be secured in place by the locking pins (2).
“Transmission Oil Level - Check”

• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Windows -

Clean”
Refer to the Maintenance Section for the detailed
procedures. Refer to the Maintenance Interval
Schedule for a complete list of scheduled
maintenance.

i02832513

Steering Frame Lock

SMCS Code: 7506

No clearance for person in this area when ma-

chine turns. Severe injury or death from crushing
could occur.

Illustration 41 g01412700

Disconnect the steering frame lock link before the

machine is operated. Use the pins in order to secure
the steering frame lock link in the STORED position.
The pins should be secured in place by the locking
pins.
76 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Battery Disconnect Switch

i03646558 To ensure that no damage to the engine occurs,

verify that the engine is fully operational before
Battery Disconnect Switch cranking the engine. Do not crank an engine that is
not fully operational.
SMCS Code: 1411
Perform the following procedure in order to check the
battery disconnect switch for proper operation:
1. With the battery disconnect switch in the ON
position, verify that electrical components in the
operator compartment are functioning. Verify that
the hour meter is displaying information. Verify that
the engine will crank.
2. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF
position.
3. Verify that the following items are not functioning:
electrical components in the operator
compartment, hour meter and engine cranking. If
any of the items continue to function with the
Illustration 42 g00883587 battery disconnect switch in the OFF position,
consult your Caterpillar dealer.
Open the access cover on the right side of the
machine. The battery disconnect switch is located in
the engine compartment.

ON – Insert the battery disconnect

switch key, and turn the battery
disconnect switch key clockwise in
order to activate the electrical system. The switch
must be ON before you start the engine.
OFF – Turn the battery disconnect
switch key counterclockwise in order to
shut off the entire electrical system.
The battery disconnect switch and the engine start
switch serve different functions. When the battery
disconnect switch is turned off, the entire electrical
system is disabled. When only the engine start switch
is turned off, the battery remains connected to the
electrical system.
Turn the battery disconnect switch key to the OFF
position and remove the battery disconnect switch
key when you service the electrical system or you
service any other components of the machine.
Turn the battery disconnect switch key to the OFF
position and remove the battery disconnect switch
key when the machine is left for an extended period
of one month or longer. This procedure will prevent a
short circuit from draining the battery. This procedure
will also prevent the components from draining the
battery. This procedure will also prevent the battery
from being drained by vandalism.

NOTICE
Never turn the battery disconnect switch key to OFF
with the engine running. Electrical system damage
could result.
SEBU8354-09 77
Operation Section
Machine Operation

Machine Operation i03732462

i01683593
Cab Door
SMCS Code: 7308
Alternate Exit
SMCS Code: 7308; 7310

Illustration 43 g00865960
Outside door latch
The right cab door can be used as an alternative exit.
The door can be opened from the inside of the cab or
from the outside of the cab. Release the latch in
order to open the door.

Illustration 45 g01402910
(1) Door Handle
(2) Catch

In order to open the cab door from the outside of the

cab, pull outward on the door handle.
In order to open the cab door from the inside of the
cab, push the release lever (3) on the door.

Illustration 44 g00884872

To release the right cab door from the fully open

position, press the release button on the side of the
door.
Opening the door will eliminate the pressurization of
the cab.
78 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Seat

Illustration 47 g01412066

i02310088

Seat
SMCS Code: 7312
Illustration 46 g01402911
(3) Release Lever The operator's seat that is provided with this machine
is in compliance with the appropriate class of ISO
For additional ventilation, open the cab door all the 7096.
way in order to engage the catch on the exterior of
the cab. Note: Adjust the seat at the beginning of each work
period and adjust the seat when you are changing
In order to release the cab door from the catch, push operators.
the button (4) on the frame of the door.
The seat should be adjusted so that full pedal travel
is allowed with an operator that is seated against the
back of the seat.
SEBU8354-09 79
Operation Section
Seat

Suspension Seat
Adjustable Armrest

Illustration 50 g00103893

Push the seat angle lever (4) and raise the front of
the seat cushion to the desired angle. To lower the
cushion into the desired position, push the seat angle
Illustration 48 g00102664 lever and push down the front of the seat cushion.
Release the lever in order to lock the seat cushion
Rotate the knob in order to adjust the angle of the into one of three positions.
armrest. Make this adjustment when you are in the
operating position.
Contour Series Seat
Seat Adjustment
Headrest

Illustration 49 g00102665
Illustration 51 g00102519
Pull up on the back cushion angle lever (1). Hold the
back cushion angle lever and adjust the back seat Pull up headrest (1) in order to remove the headrest.
cushion to the desired angle. Release the back
cushion angle lever in order to lock the back seat Adjustable Armrest
cushion.
Rotate knob (2) in order to adjust the angle of the
Pull up on the fore/aft lever (2). Hold the fore/aft armrest. Make this adjustment when you are in the
lever. Slide the seat forward to the desired position or operating position.
slide the seat backward to the desired position.
Release the fore/aft lever in order to lock the seat into
position.
Turn knob (3) clockwise in order to increase the
stiffness of the suspension. Turning the knob
counterclockwise decreases the stiffness of the
suspension. Set the weight to the approximate weight
setting. Do not turn the knob past the maximum
weight setting or past the minimum weight setting.
80 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Seat

Seat Adjustment

Illustration 53 g00621804

Illustration 52 g00103474 Turn the lumbar support lever (9) clockwise to a

horizontal position in order to utilize the lumbar
Pull up the lever (3) for the back cushion angle. Hold support. If lumbar support is not desired, turn the
up the lever and adjust the seat cushion to the lumbar support lever counterclockwise to a vertical
desired angle. Release the lever in order to lock the position.
seat cushion.
Pull up the fore/aft lever (4). Hold up the lever and
Contour Series Air Seat
slide the seat to the desired position. Release the
lever in order to lock the seat into position. Headrest
Pull up the lever (5) for the angle of seat cushion and
raise the front of the seat cushion to the desired
angle. To lower the cushion into the desired position,
pull up the lever and push down the front of the seat
cushion. Release the lever in order to lock the seat
cushion into one of three positions.
Turn the knob (6) clockwise in order to increase the
stiffness of the suspension. Turn the knob
counterclockwise in order to decrease the stiffness of
the suspension. Use the indicator (7) to determine
the approximate weight setting.
Hold down the seat height level lever (8) in order to
release the seat height lock. Move the seat to the
desired height. Release the lever in order to lock the
seat into position.
Illustration 54 g00102519

Pull up headrest (1) in order to remove the headrest.

Adjustable Armrest
Rotate knob (2) in order to adjust the angle of the
armrest. Make this adjustment when you are in the
operating position.
SEBU8354-09 81
Operation Section
Seat Belt

Seat Adjustment Heated Seat (If Equipped)

The heating element for the heated seat is controlled
by a thermostat. The thermostat opens the circuit for
the heating element at 26.5° ± 5°C (79.7° ± 9°F).
The thermostat closes the circuit for the heating
element when the temperature drops below 15°C
(59°F). The start switch key must be in the ON
position for the heated seat to work.

i04200349

Seat Belt
SMCS Code: 7327

Note: This machine was equipped with a seat belt

when the machine was shipped from Caterpillar. At
Illustration 55 g00102512
the time of installation, the seat belt and the
Pull up the lever (3) for the back cushion angle. Hold instructions for installation of the seat belt meet the
up the lever and adjust the seat cushion to the SAE J386 and ISO 6683 standards. Consult your Cat
desired angle. Release the lever in order to lock the dealer for all replacement parts.
seat cushion.
Always check the condition of the seat belt and the
Pull up the fore/aft lever (4). Hold up the lever and condition of the mounting hardware before you
slide the seat to the desired position. Release the operate the machine.
lever in order to lock the seat into position.
Pull up the lever (5) for the angle of seat cushion and
Seat Belt Adjustment for Non-
raise the front of the seat cushion to the desired Retractable Seat Belts
angle. To lower the cushion into the desired position,
pull up the lever and push down the front of the seat Adjust both ends of the seat belt. The seat belt
cushion. Release the lever in order to lock the seat should be snug but comfortable.
cushion into one of three positions.
Push in the knob (6) in order to decrease the seat Lengthening the Seat Belt
height. Pull the knob in order to increase the seat
height.
Note: The engine start switch key must be in the ON
position in order to increase the stiffness of the seat.

Illustration 57 g00100709

1. Unfasten the seat belt.

Illustration 56 g00102520

Turn the lumbar support lever (7) clockwise to a

horizontal position in order to utilize the lumbar
support. If lumbar support is not desired, turn the
lumbar support lever counterclockwise to a vertical
position.
82 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Seat Belt

Fastening The Seat Belt

Illustration 58 g00932817

2. To remove the slack in outer loop (1), rotate buckle Illustration 60 g00932818

(2). This will free the lock bar. This permits the
Fasten the seat belt catch (3) into the buckle (2).
seat belt to move through the buckle. Make sure that the seat belt is placed low across the
3. Remove the slack from the outer belt loop by lap of the operator.
pulling on the buckle.
4. Loosen the other half of the seat belt in the same
manner. If the seat belt does not fit snugly with the
buckle in the center, readjust the seat belt.

Shortening the Seat Belt

Illustration 59 g00100713

1. Fasten the seat belt. Pull out on the outer belt loop
in order to tighten the seat belt.
2. Adjust the other half of the seat belt in the same
manner.
3. If the seat belt does not fit snugly with the buckle in
the center, readjust the seat belt.
SEBU8354-09 83
Operation Section
Seat Belt

Releasing The Seat Belt Releasing The Seat Belt

Illustration 61 g00100717 Illustration 63 g00039113

Pull up on the release lever. This will release the seat Push the release button on the buckle in order to
belt. release the seat belt. The seat belt will automatically
retract into the retractor.
Seat Belt Adjustment for
Retractable Seat Belts Extension of the Seat Belt

Fastening The Seat Belt

When using retractable seat belts, do not use
seat belt extensions, or personal injury or death
can result.
The retractor system may or may not lock up de-
pending on the length of the extension and the
size of the person. If the retractor does not lock
up, the seat belt will not retain the person.
Longer, non-retractable seat belts and extensions for
the non-retractable seat belts are available.
Caterpillar requires only non-retractable seat belts to
be used with a seat belt extension.

Illustration 62 g00867598

Pull seat belt (4) out of the retractor in a continuous

motion.
Fasten seat belt catch (3) into buckle (2). Make sure
that the seat belt is placed low across the lap of the
operator.
The retractor will adjust the belt length and the
retractor will lock in place. The comfort ride sleeve
will allow the operator to have limited movement.
84 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Mirror

Consult your Cat dealer for longer seat belts and for Adjust the mirrors on the machine before you begin
information on extending the seat belts. operation. When you adjust the mirrors, maintain
three points of contact with the machine. Do not climb
i02814793
on the machine in order to adjust the mirrors. if
necessary, use a ladder to properly align the mirrors.
Mirror Note: Stop the machine and apply the parking brake
(if equipped) before adjusting any of the mirrors.

SMCS Code: 7319 Use the following procedure in order to adjust the
mirror on rear of the machine:
1. Position the machine on level ground free from
obstructions.
2. The support arm for the mirror should be in the
LOWEST position. Move the arm up to the second
detent position. This should be close to the
VERTICAL position.
3. Loosen the two hex head screws on the back of
the mirror in order to adjust the angle of the mirror.
4. Adjust the mirror in order to enable the operator to
see a point 1.5 m (4.9 ft) above the ground and
1 m (3.3 ft) away from the rear of the machine.
5. Tighten the screws to 4.5 ± 0.5 N·m
(3.32 ± 0.369 lb ft). Lower the arm and secure the
arm during the transportation of the machine in
order to prevent damage to the mirror.

i04133750

Illustration 64 g01403870
Mirrors in the cab Operator Controls
SMCS Code: 7300; 7301; 7451

Note: Your machine may not be equipped with all of

the controls that are discussed in this topic.
The operation section is a reference for the new
operator and a refresher for the experienced
operator. This section includes descriptions of
gauges, switches, machine controls, attachment
controls, transportation, and towing information.
Illustrations guide the operator through correct
procedures of checking, starting, operating, and
stopping the machine. Operating techniques that are
outlined in this publication are basic. Skill and
techniques develop as the operator gains knowledge
of the machine and the capabilities of the machine.
The following information briefly identifies the
components of the cab. More information on the
operation of each item is covered separately in this
manual.

Illustration 65 g01403872
Mirror on the rear of the machine
SEBU8354-09 85
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Illustration 66 g01394894
Typical cab arrangement
(1) Steering Control (15) Throttle (Set/Resume Switch) (28) Seat
(2) Alert Indicators (16) Quick Coupler Control (29) Governor Control
(3) Horn (17) Ashtray (30) Service Brakes
(4) Gauges (18) Reversible Fan Control (31) Steering Column Tilt Control
(5) Turn Signals (19) Ride Control (32) Beacon
(6) Front Window Wiper/Washer (20) Temperature Control (33) Work Lights
(7) Lighter (21) Kickout Control (34) Foot Switch for the Differential Lock
(8) Rear Window Wiper/Washer (22) Bucket/Fork Selector Control (35) Roading Lights
(9) Secondary Steering Control (23) Blower Fan Switch (36) Hazard Flasher Control
(10) Quick Steering Control (24) Control for the Heater/Air Conditioner (37) Dimmer Switch
(11) Loader Control (25) Rear Window Defroster (38) Indicator Light for the Differential Lock
(12) Auxiliary Control (26) Auxiliary Operating Mode Switch (Third (39) Transmission Neutralizer Control
(13) Hydraulic Control Support function) (40) Autoshift
(14) Throttle Lock (ON/OFF) (27) Hydraulic Lockout Switch (41) Transmission Control
86 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Autoshift Control

Illustration 68 g01395060

Manual Mode (3) – Push the bottom of

the switch for the manual mode of the
transmission control.
Illustration 67 g01395256
Optional Cab Arrangement The operator selects the desired speed and the
(42) 3rd and 4th Joystick Control desired direction in the manual mode with the
(43) 6th Auxiliary Hydraulic Control transmission shift lever.
(44) 5th Auxiliary Hydraulic Control

Illustration 69 g00886126

The downshift switch (4) that is located on the lift

lever is only active when the speed selector is in
second gear.
Press the downshift switch and release the downshift
switch (4) with the machine in second gear. The
transmission will downshift to first gear.
The transmission will remain in first gear until a
speed change or a direction change is made.
SEBU8354-09 87
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Automatic Mode (2) – Move the switch to

position (2) for the autoshift function in
the automatic mode. Move the switch to
position (2) prior to shifting the transmission into
forward or reverse in order to activate the
autoshift function. The operator selects the
highest desired operating speed. The control
selects the proper transmission gear according
to the ground speed of the machine.
Automatic downshifts into first gear are not allowed.
Press the downshift switch and release the downshift
switch (4).

Note: The initial transmission downshift will always

respond. Subsequent downshifts will occur if an
engine overspeed would not occur.
Press the downshift switch and hold down the
downshift switch (4) for continued downshifts until the
machine is in first gear. The normal autoshift function
continues in 3 seconds after the downshift switch is
released.

Economy Mode (1) – The economy

mode allows the transmission to
operate in the same way as the autoshift
mode. However, the transmission will shift at a
lower engine rpm.

Loader Controls
88 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Control Console

Illustration 70 g01401896
Standard Lever Controls and Optional Joystick Control
(A) Dump Control Lever (C) 3rd Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever (E) Joystick Control
(B) Lift Control Lever (D) 4th Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever

DUMP (1) – Push the control to this LOWER (4) – Push the control forward in
position in order to tilt the work tool order to lower the work tool. The control
forward. will return to the HOLD position when
the control is released.
TILT BACK (2) – Push the control to this
position in order to tilt the work tool RAISE (5) – Pull the control backward in
backward. order to raise the work tool. Release the
control in order to stop lifting the work
The control is detented in the maximum tilt back tool. The control will return to the HOLD position
position. The control will stay in the DETENT
position. The work tool will continue to tilt back until when the control is released.
the work tool reaches the preset location for the tilt The control is detented in the fully raised position (6).
kickout. Then, the control will return to the HOLD The control will stay in the detent and the work tool
position. will continue to rise until the work tool reaches the lift
kickout height. Then, the control will return to the
FLOAT (3) – Push the control forward HOLD position.
into the detent. The work tool will lower
to the ground. The work tool will float HOLD – When you release the control,
with the contour of the ground. the control will return to the center for
the HOLD position. The work tool will
The control will remain in the FLOAT position until the remain in the selected position.
control is pulled out of the detent. The control will
return to the HOLD position when the control is
released. 3rd Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever (C)
(If Equipped)
NOTICE
Never use the FLOAT position to lower a loaded Move the control to position (7) in order to pressurize
bucket. the right supply line.
Machine damage can result from a bucket that falls Move the control to position (8) in order to pressurize
too fast. the left supply line. Position (8) also has a detent.
Move the control to the center for the HOLD position.
SEBU8354-09 89
Operation Section
Operator Controls

While the control is in position (8), turn the auxiliary

flow control clockwise in order to increase the flow.
Turn the continuous flow control counterclockwise in
order to decrease the flow.
90 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Multipurpose Bucket Control Lever (C) (If Equipped)

Illustration 71 g02013993

Push the control (C) to position (7) or roll the joystick Hydraulic Control Support
thumb wheel (C) forward in order to close the bowl.
Push the control (C) to position (8) or roll the joystick
thumb wheel (C) backward in order to open the bowl.
Roll the control to the center or release the control for
the HOLD position. The bowl will remain in the
current position.

4th Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever (D)

(If Equipped)
Move the control to position (9) in order to pressurize
the right supply line.
Move the control to position (10) in order to
pressurize the left supply line.
Illustration 72 g01119120
Move the control to the center for the HOLD position. (J) Hydraulic Control Support
(K) Adjustment for Hydraulic Control Support

The hydraulic control support (J) can be raised or

lowered for operator comfort.
In order to adjust the height of the support, pull out on
the lever (J) and turn the lever counterclockwise. Pull
up on the support in order to raise the support. Push
down on the support in order to lower the support.
Turn the lever clockwise in order to secure the
support in the desired position.
SEBU8354-09 91
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Optional Work Tool Joystick Control

Illustration 73 g01412734

(C) Auxiliary Hydraulic Control (thumb (L) Transmission Direction Control Switch (If (M) Auxiliary Operating Mode Switch (Third
wheel) Equipped) function)
(E) Joystick Control

Standard Work Tool Mode – With the

Auxiliary Operating Mode Switch (M) in
this position, the system provides
intermittent flow for the auxiliary hydraulic
function. In this mode, the detent function is
disabled. The oil flow is proportional to the
displacement of the thumb wheel (C). Roll the
thumb wheel (C) upward in order to provide flow
to the right supply line. Roll the control switch
farther in order to increase the flow. Roll the
thumb wheel (C) downward in order to provide
flow to the left supply line. Roll the control switch
farther in order to increase the flow.

Continuous Flow Mode – With the

Auxiliary Operating Mode Switch (M) in
this position, the system provides
continuous flow for the left hand auxiliary
hydraulic function. In this mode, the detent
function is engaged. The thumb wheel (C) is an
on/off switch. Roll the thumb wheel (C) downward
in order to provide continuous flow to the left
supply line. Roll the thumb wheel (C) in either
direction in order to stop the flow.
The flow control is shown in illustration 75 . The flow
control (F) will control the oil flow in Standard Work
Tool Mode and in Continuous Flow Mode. Adjust the
flow with the flow control (F). Turn the flow control (F)
clockwise in order to increase the flow. Turn the flow
control (F) counterclockwise in order to decrease the
flow.
92 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Optional Control Console Hydraulic Controls

Continuous Flow Control

Illustration 75 g01401356
(F) Flow Control

Move the 5th auxiliary hydraulic control (G) upward in

Illustration 74 g01398977
order to pressurize the left upper supply line. Move
the 5th auxiliary hydraulic control (G) downward in
Right Hand Console with 5th and 6th buttons order to pressurize the right upper supply line.
(E) Joystick Control
(G) 5th Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Move the 6th auxiliary hydraulic control (I) upward in
(H) 3rd and 4th Auxiliary Hydraulic Joystick Control order to pressurize the left lower supply line. Move
(I) 6th Auxiliary Hydraulic Control
(J) Hydraulic Control Support
the 6th auxiliary hydraulic control (I) downward in
(K) Adjustment for Hydraulic Control Support order to pressurize the right lower supply line.
SEBU8354-09 93
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Note: The left-hand joystick function is described in The turn signal indicators on the front dash panel will
illustration 70 . flash when the hazard flasher is activated.

Directional Turn Signals (3) – The

Backup alarm directional turn signal lever is on the
right side of the steering column.
An indicator light on the front dash panel will flash
when the turn signal is activated.

Engine Start Switch

Illustration 76 g00892330

Backup Alarm – The alarm will sound

when the transmission direction control
lever is in the REVERSE position. The
alarm is used to alert people behind the machine
that the machine is backing up.
Illustration 78 g00679565

The backup alarm is mounted at the rear of the (1) OFF position. (2) ON position. (3) START position.
machine behind the grill.

Directional Turn Signal and Hazard

Flasher Control

Illustration 77 g01395061

Hazard Flashers (1) – The hazard flasher

may be activated by the switch on the
left side of the steering console.
94 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

For details, see the Operation and Maintenance Throttle Lock (3) – When the desired
Manual, “Engine Starting”. speed is reached, push the top of the
switch in order to set the machine
Governor Control speed. In order to increase the desired speed,
push in the bottom of the switch. In order to
decrease the desired speed, push the top of the
switch. The preset speed setting will be erased.
Press the service brake pedal in order to
disengage the engine speed control temporarily.
Push in the bottom half of switch in order to
resume the preset speed that was set by the
operator.
Gear changes can be initiated by changing the set
speed for the engine speed control or by increasing
the load on the machine.
The engine speed control will activate in all forward
gears and all reverse gears. The engine speed
control will remain active during automatic upshifts
and downshifts.

Ground Speed Limiter (If

Equipped)
The optional software for the speed limiter allows the
operator to set the maximum ground speed for a level
surface. The software uses the following inputs to
control the ground speed of the machine: engine
speed, machine acceleration and ground speed.

Illustration 79 g01395062
(1) Governor Pedal
(2) Engine Speed Control
(3) Throttle Lock

The governor pedal is located on the floor of the cab.

Push down on the pedal in order to increase the
engine speed.
Release the pedal in order to decrease the engine
speed.

Engine Speed Control

Engine Speed (2) – Push in the top half
of switch in order to activate the engine
speed control. Push in the bottom half
of switch in order to disengage the engine speed
control.
SEBU8354-09 95
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Note: The software will not prevent a machine from Turn the temperature control knob for the desired
exceeding the speed limit during downhill travel. temperature. To produce the volume of air needed to
keep out the dust, set the blower fan switch control to
LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH.
Heating and Air Conditioning
Control Defogging – Press the top of the switch (2) in order
to turn the air conditioner to the ON position. Turn the
blower fan switch control to the desired speed (LOW,
MEDIUM, or HIGH). Adjust the temperature control
knob until the moisture level is lowered and the front
window and side windows are free of moisture.

Temperature Control
Temperature Control Knob (4) – Turn the
knob clockwise to COOL. Turn the knob
counterclockwise to WARM.

Hydraulic Lockout Control

Illustration 80 g01395262
(1) Rear Window Defroster
(2) Heater/Air Conditioner
(3) Fan Speed Switch
(4) Temperature Control Knob

Rear Window Defroster (1) (if equipped)

– Press the top of the switch in order to
activate the rear window defroster. The
defroster is set on a timer. The defroster will
automatically turn off after the timer expires.
The heating and air conditioning system performs
four functions:
Illustration 81 g01395266
Heating (2) – Press the top of the switch
in order to turn on the heater. Adjust the LOCK – Press the top of the switch in
temperature control knob for the desired order to lock the hydraulic control
temperature. levers.
Air Conditioner (2) – Press the bottom of UNLOCK – Press the bottom of the switch in order to
the switch in order to turn the air unlock the hydraulic control levers.
conditioner to the ON position. Adjust
the temperature control knob for the desired
temperature.
Fan Speed Switch (3) – Press the blower
fan switch control to the desired speed
(LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH).
Pressurizing – When heating or cooling is not
desired, pressure inside the cab will help keep out
the dust.
96 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Bucket/fork Selector Control

Kickout and Positioner Control

Illustration 83 g01395984

This switch selects the tilt kickout that is operational.

Illustration 82 g01395267

Bucket – Press the bottom of the switch

Kickout Control – Push the top of the in order to select the preset angle for the
switch to the ON position. The bucket lift tilt kickout of the bucket.
kickout and the tilt kickout will be
activated. Push the bottom of the switch to the
OFF position. The kickout controls, the float
detent, and the auxiliary detents will deactivate.
Note: The detents for the hydraulic control lever do
not operate when the kickout control is in the OFF
position.
SEBU8354-09 97
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Fork – Press the top of the switch in

order to select the preset angle for the
tilt kickout of the fork.

Light Switches

Illustration 85 g01401857

Interior Dome Light – Press on either side of the

lens in order to turn on the dome light. Press on the
other side of the lens in order to turn off the dome
light.

Operator Programmable
Transmission Neutralizer

Illustration 84 g01395063

Dimmer Switch (1)

Hazard Lights (2)

Roading Lights (3)

Front Floodlights and Rear Floodlights

(4)

Rotating Beacon (5) (if equipped)

Illustration 86 g01395065

Brake Pedals – Use the left brake pedal

or the right brake pedal to slow down
the ground speed for normal braking.

Transmission Neutralizer Override

Switch – The switch overrides the
transmission neutralizer. The light in the
switch comes on when the transmission
neutralizer is disabled.
98 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

The transmission neutralizer is enabled when the Note: The following applies only to the 930H
switch is in the CENTER position. The transmission S/N: DHC1–up; FTD1–up
neutralizer defaults to the enabled position after the . An elevated low idle strategy is used for the 930H
machine is started. Press the bottom of the switch in when the parking brake is engaged. With the parking
order to disable the transmission neutralizer. Press
the top of the switch in order to enable the brake disengaged, the engine low idle will be
transmission neutralizer. elevated to 950 rpm. With the parking brake
engaged, the engine low idle will be lowered to 830
The service brakes will interrupt power to the rpm.
transmission solenoids. The transmission to be
shifted into neutral. The brake pedal will also slow the The change in the engine idle will provide the
ground speed of the machine. The service brake following benefits:
pressure that is needed to neutralize the
transmission can be adjusted by the operator. The • When the parking brake is released, the change in
switch is a momentary switch in order to set the the low idle prevents a low idle stall condition.
brake pressure. Refer to the Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Programmable Transmission • When the parking brake is engaged, the change
Neutralizer - Adjust” for information about adjusting provides improved fuel economy.
the brake pressure.
When the transmission is in the neutral position, a
faster engine speed is allowed. A faster engine
speed creates a better hydraulic response. A better
hydraulic response may be desired in order to raise
the bucket while you position the bucket at the same
time.
Release the brake pedal in order to engage the
transmission. Release the brake pedal in order to
release the brake.

Parking Brake Control

NOTICE
Do not engage the parking brake while the machine
Illustration 87 g00866050
is moving unless the primary service brake fails. The
use of the parking brake as a service brake in regular Parking Brake Engaged – Pull up on the parking
operation will cause severe damage to the brake brake lever in order to engage the parking brake. The
system. transmission will shift to neutral. The alert indicator
for the parking brake will come on. The alert indicator
When the parking brake lever is engaged, the is located on the right side of the steering column.
transmission is neutralized. The machine will not
move.
Parking Brake Disengaged – Push the button on
Switching the direction control lever or the direction the top of the parking brake lever. Lower the parking
control switch (if equipped) from NEUTRAL to either brake lever in order to release the parking brake.
direction will not cause the machine to move. The
parking brake lever must be disengaged. Switching
the direction control lever or the direction control Note: If the transmission is put in gear before the
switch from either direction to NEUTRAL back to
either direction may cause the machine to move parking brake is disengaged, then the machine will
while the parking brake lever is engaged. Refer to not move. Move the direction control lever or the
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Braking direction control switch (if equipped) to NEUTRAL.
System - Test” for more information. Release the parking brake. Then, move the direction
control lever or the direction control switch (if
NOTICE equipped) to the desired direction to engage the
Moving the machine with the parking brake engaged transmission.
can cause excessive wear or damage to the brake. If
necessary, have the brake repaired before operating Secondary Brake – The secondary brake uses the
the machine. same lever as the parking brake. If the service brakes
fail to stop the machine, use the secondary brake.

Parking Brake – The parking brake lever is located

on the left side of the seat. Use the parking brake
after the machine is stopped.
SEBU8354-09 99
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Electric Switch Operation

Quick Coupler Control (If

Equipped)
Standard Coupler

Illustration 89 g01395269
The switch is a two-position switch.

DISENGAGE (1) – The switch has a

locking tab. Pull the red button
downward and press the bottom of the
Illustration 88 g01395269 switch. Ensure that the coupler pins disengage.
The switch is a three-position switch.
ENGAGE (2) – Press the top of the
Disengage – The switch has a locking switch in order to engage the coupler
tab. Pull the red button downward and pins for the quick coupler.
press the bottom of the switch. Hold the
switch in the downward position until the coupler Visually ensure that both coupler pins are extending
out of the holes in the work tool mounting bracket.
pins disengage.

Engage – Press the top of the switch

and hold the switch for 3 seconds in
order to engage the pins for the quick
coupler.
Visually ensure that both coupler pins are extending
out of the holes in the work tool mounting bracket.

Note: Operating instructions for specific work tools

are not provided. The function of the control lever is
dependent upon the installation of an Auxiliary
Equipment Manufacturer work tool.
Reference: Refer to the Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Operation Information” topic for more
information about the quick coupler.

Fusion Coupler
Reference: Refer to the Operation and Maintenance
Manual, SEBU7617, “Fusion Wheel Loader Quick
Coupler” topic for more information about the Fusion
coupler.
100 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Tilt the work tool forward in order to place the work Note: To load the bucket most efficiently, place the
tool on the ground. Continue to tilt the work tool ride control feature to automatic ride control or in the
downward until pressure is on the work tool. Slowly OFF position during the loading cycle. Failure to
drag the attached work tool on the ground. This move the switch to the recommended position could
method will ensure that the quick coupler is engaged result in damage to the machine.
onto the coupler pins.

Reversing Fan Control (If

Equipped)

Illustration 91 g01395273

Move the switch to the middle position in order to turn

off the ride control system.

Illustration 90 g01395271 Ride Control – Push the top of the

switch in order to turn on the automatic
Reversing Fan – The switch is located ride control.
on the switch panel on the right side of
the cab. The switch is a three-position The ride control system will automatically turn on if
switch. the ground speed exceeds 6 km/h (3.7 mph). The
ride control system will automatically turn off if the
The direction of the cooling fan can be reversed for ground speed is less than 6 km/h (3.7 mph) and if
10 seconds by momentarily depressing the top of the the bucket tilt function is being operated.
switch. The fan will return to the normal direction after
10 seconds.
Press the bottom of the switch in order to select the
automatic feature. The automatic mode will reverse
the fan for 10 seconds after every 30 minutes.

Note: The light is illuminated when the fan is in

reverse mode.

Ride Control (If Equipped)

Travel at high speeds over rough terrain causes
bucket movement and a swinging motion. The ride
control system acts as a shock absorber by
dampening forces from the bucket. Ride control helps
to stabilize the entire machine.
SEBU8354-09 101
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Note: The speed for ride control may be changed. Steering Column Tilt Control
Consult your Caterpillar Dealer in order to change the
speed for ride control.

Service Brake Control

Illustration 93 g01395069

To adjust the steering column, pull up the steering

column tilt lever and move the steering column to the
desired position. Release the steering column tilt
Illustration 92 g01395068 lever. The steering column will remain in the desired
position.
Brake Pedals – Use the left brake pedal
or the right brake pedal to slow down
the ground speed for normal braking.
Steering Control

Illustration 94 g01395073

Note: The steering frame lock must be separated in

order to steer the machine.
102 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

The steering wheel controls the directional steering of Dual-Mode Steering (If Equipped)
the machine. The machine will turn in the same
direction as the steering wheel. Dual-Mode Steering – Dual-Mode
Steering is used to minimize operator
LEFT TURN – Move the steering wheel fatigue in loading applications. The
counterclockwise in order to steer the steering modes are “Regular Steer” and “Quick
machine to the left. Turn the steering Steer”. Quick Steer allows the operator to select
wheel farther in order to achieve a more acute full steering action with minimal steering wheel
turn. action. The Quick Steer mode should only be
RIGHT TURN – Move the steering wheel used at lower speeds.
clockwise in order to steer the machine Note: Quick Steer cannot be used at higher speeds.
to the right. Turn the steering wheel Limit the machine speed when Quick Steer mode is
farther in order to achieve a more acute turn. used. You cannot change steering modes while the
machine is moving.
Secondary Steering
In order to change to Quick Steer mode, complete
the following steps:
1. Stop the machine.
2. Place the transmission in neutral.
3. Depress the dual-mode steering switch. The Quick
Steer indicator light should come on indicating that
the machine is in Quick Steer mode.
When the machine is in Quick Steer mode, the
machine will operate only in first gear or second gear.

Note: The steering mode will not change if

secondary steering is activated.
In order to change to regular steering mode,
complete the following steps:
1. Stop the machine.
2. Place the transmission in neutral.
3. Depress the dual-mode steering switch. The Quick
Illustration 95 g01401799
Steer indicator light should go off indicating that
the machine is in regular steering mode.
(6) Front Window Wiper and Washer
(7) Lighter
(8) Rear Window Wiper and Washer Note: When the parking brake is set, the Quick Steer
(9) Secondary Steering will be disabled. If the transmission is in NEUTRAL
(10) Dual-mode steering for 5 minutes, the Quick Steer will be disabled.

Secondary steering – When a failure in Transmission Control

the primary steering occurs, press the
switch in order to activate secondary
steering . Steer the machine immediately to a Direction Selector
convenient location and stop the machine. Stop
the engine and investigate the cause of the Note: If the machine is equipped with dual
failure. Do not operate the machine until the transmission controls, both the lever and the switch
cause of the failure has been corrected. Refer to must be in the NEUTRAL position before putting the
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Secondary transmissin into gear. When you are using one of the
Steering” for more information about the controls, you cannot use the other control until both
secondary steering. the lever and the switch are in NEUTRAL.
SEBU8354-09 103
Operation Section
Operator Controls

Transmission Lever and Direction Transmission Direction Control Switch (If

Control Lever Equipped)

Illustration 97 g00885046

The transmission direction control switch (if

equipped) is located on the single lever control.
FORWARD (1) – Move the transmission
switch (if equipped) upward. The
Illustration 96 g00866220 machine will move forward.
The transmission direction control lever is located on NEUTRAL (2) – The machine should not
the steering console. move when the transmission lever and
the transmission switch (if equipped)
FORWARD (1) – Move the transmission are in NEUTRAL.
lever upward. The machine will move
forward. REVERSE (3) – Move the transmission
switch (if equipped) downward. The
NEUTRAL (2) – The machine should not machine will move in reverse.
move when the transmission lever and
the transmission switch (if equipped)
are in NEUTRAL.
Speed Selector

REVERSE (3) – Move the transmission

lever downward. The machine will move
in reverse.

Illustration 98 g00866252

Rotate the transmission lever to the desired gear

speed:
“ 1”” – First Speed
“ 2”” – Second Speed
104 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operator Controls

“ 3”” – Third Speed Turn knob (6) or knob (8) clockwise from the OFF
position for the desired setting ( INTERMITTENT,
“ 4”” – Fourth Speed LOW or HIGH). The delay speed of the wipers can be
adjusted by turning the knob clockwise through the
INTERMITTENT position.
Window Wiper and Window
Washer Differential Lock (If Equipped)

Illustration 99 g01401799 Illustration 100 g01397411

(6) Front Window Wiper and Washer

(7) Lighter Differential Lock – Push the foot switch
(8) Rear Window Wiper and Washer in order to lock the differentials. The
(9) Secondary Steering light on the left dash panel will light
(10) Dual-mode steering
while the foot switch is held down. Release the
foot switch in order to release the differential
Front Window Wiper and Washer (6) – lock.
Turn the knob in order to turn on the
window wiper. Push the knob in order to
activate the window washer.
Rear Window Wiper and Washer (8) –
Turn the knob in order to turn on the
window wiper. Push the knob in order to
activate the window washer.

Note: The machine is equipped with intermittent

wipers. There are several positions that will affect the
wipers.
SEBU8354-09 105
Operation Section
Alert Indicators

The differential lock will activate if the machine speed The video camera is provided for visibility behind the
is less than 12 km/h (7 mph). machine. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, SEBU8157 for information about operation
Video Camera (If Equipped) of the video camera.

Rear Mirror (If Equipped)

The rear mirror is provided for visibility behind the
machine. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Mirror” for information about adjusting the
mirror.

i03001535

Alert Indicators
SMCS Code: 7400; 7450; 7451
As an automatic lamp test, all of the alert indicators
will light when the engine start switch key is turned to
the ON position. The lamps should stay on for three
to five seconds. The action alarm should sound also.
If all of the alert indicators do not come on or if the
action alarm does not come on, investigate the
cause.

Alert Levels
Illustration 101 g01403562 Table 81
Video camera on the rear of the machine WARNING OPERATION
Warning Level Alarm Action Lamp
Level 1 OFF OFF
Level 2 OFF Flashing

Level 2-Special ON Flashing

Level 3 Pulsating Flashing

The monitoring system has the following four

warning levels for events:
Level 1 – This warning level is identified by the
illumination of a respective warning lamp. This
warning level is used in order to indicate that the
machine needs attention soon. No harm to the
machine has occurred at this point.
Level 2 – This warning level is used to indicate that
the operation of the machine should be changed.
Possible severe damage to components on the
machine may occur.
Special Level 2 – This warning level is used to
Illustration 102 g01403563 indicate that the operation of the machine should be
Video display in the cab changed as soon as possible. Possible severe
damage to components on the machine may occur.
The warning light may flash either red or yellow.
Level 3 – This warning level is used in order to
indicate that the machine needs to have a safe
emergency engine shutdown. Possible injury to the
operator or severe damage to components may
occur.
106 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Alert Indicators

Instrument Console

Illustration 103 g01402241

Gauges Fuel Level (6) – This gauge indicates the

amount of fuel that remains in the fuel
Hydraulic Oil Temperature (1) – This tank. If the needle is in the red range, the
gauge indicates the temperature of the fuel level is low.
hydraulic oil. If the needle is in the red
range, the hydraulic oil temperature is too high. Digital Display
Coolant Temperature (2) – This gauge
Digital Display (4) – The digital display indicates the
indicates the temperature of the engine ground speed of the machine. The digital display
coolant. If the needle is in the red range, shows the gear and direction of the transmission.
the coolant temperature is too high. The digital display shows the hour meter of the
machine until you put the machine into gear. The
Tachometer (3) – This gauge indicates display shows the odometer after the transmission is
the engine RPM. put into gear.

Transmission Oil Temperature (5) – This Note: The digital displays can be changed from
gauge indicates the temperature of the English to Metric units. Contact your Caterpillar
transmission oil. If the needle is in the Dealer in order to change the digital display.
red range, the transmission oil temperature is too
high.
Alert Indicators
Left Turn Signal (7)
SEBU8354-09 107
Operation Section
Alert Indicators

Secondary Steering (8) (If Equipped) – If electrical loads (air conditioning and/or lighting) are
The alert indicator will light when the high and the engine speed is near idle, increase the
secondary steering pressure is too high. engine speed to high idle. This will generate more
output from the alternator. If the alert indicator for the
Do not operate the machine until the cause has been electrical system turns off within one minute, the
corrected. electrical system is probably operating in a normal
manner. However, the electrical system may be
Secondary Steering (9) (If Equipped) – overloaded during periods of low engine speeds.
The alert indicator will light when the
secondary steering pressure is too low. Modify the operating cycle in order to prevent
overloading the electrical system and discharging the
Do not operate the machine until the cause has been batteries.
corrected.
Low idle must be set correctly. Adjust for the high
Ride Control (10) – The ride control is side of the Low Idle specification while the most often
active. used electrical loads are turned on. In order to reduce
the loads, use the Medium fan speed instead of the
High fan speed.
Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass (11) – The
hydraulic oil filter has been bypassed. If this procedure does not cause the alert indicator to
The lamp will come on at start-up. When turn off, move to a convenient location. Investigate
the machine reaches normal operating the cause (loose alternator belt, broken alternator
temperature and the lamp does not turn off belt, damaged batteries, etc).
change your filter. If the engine speed is near operating speeds and if
the electrical loads are light, the alert indicator may
Parking Brake (12) – The alert indicator
remain on. If the alert indicator remains on, move to a
will light when the parking brake is convenient location. Investigate the cause (loose
engaged. The alert indicator should alternator belt, broken alternator belt, damaged
come on during start-up when the parking brake batteries, etc).
is applied. The alert indicator should go out when
the parking brake is released. (17) – This function is not used.

Brake System Failure (13) – The alert

indicator will light when the brake oil
pressure is low. If this alert indicator Machine Security System (18) (If
comes on, stop the machine immediately. Engage Equipped) – If the light is green you can
the parking brake and stop the engine. start the engine. If the light is red the
Investigate the cause. engine will not start.

Power Train System (14) – The alert Engine System (19) – If the lamp comes
indicator will light when the power train on the engine needs to be serviced
fails. If this alert indicator comes on, soon. If the lamp comes on and an
stop the machine immediately. Stop the engine action alarm comes on stop the machine
and investigate the cause. immediately.

Action Lamp (15) – If the lamp comes on High Beams (20) (if equipped) – The high
the machine needs to be serviced soon. beams are on.
If the lamp comes on and an action
alarm comes on stop the machine immediately. Axle Oil Pressure (21) – The alert
indicator will light when the oil pressure
Electrical System (16) – The alert in the axle oil cooler (if equipped) is low.
indicator will light when there is a If this alert indicator comes on, stop the machine
malfunction in the electrical system. If immediately. Engage the parking brake and stop
this alert indicator comes on, the system voltage
the engine. Investigate the cause.
is too high for normal machine operation or too
low for normal machine operation. Starting Aid (22) – Starting aid is active.
This function is controlled
automatically. The indicator should go
off after the engine is warmed up.

Air Filter restriction (23) – The air filter is

restricted. Check the air cleaner
indicator and clean out the air filter.
108 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Product Link

Right Turn Signal (24) Caterpillar may share some or all the collected
information with Caterpillar affiliated companies,
dealers, and authorized representatives. Caterpillar
will not sell or rent collected information to any other
i08001446 third party and will exercise reasonable efforts to
keep the information secure. Caterpillar recognizes
Product Link and respects customer privacy. For more information,
please contact your local Cat dealer.
SMCS Code: 7606

Note: Your machine may be equipped with the Cat ® Operation in a Blast Site for
Product Link™ system. Product Link Radios
The Cat Product Link communication device utilizes
cellular and/or satellite technology to communicate
equipment information. This information is
communicated to Caterpillar, Cat dealers, and This equipment is equipped with a Cat® Product
Caterpillar customers. The Cat Product Link Link communication device. When electric deto-
communication device uses Global Positioning nators are being used for blasting operations, ra-
System (GPS) satellite receivers. dio frequency devices can cause interference
with electric detonators for blasting operations
The capability of two-way communication between which can result in serious injury or death. The
the equipment and a remote user is available with the Product Link communication device should be
Cat Product Link communication device. The remote deactivated within the distance mandated under
user can be a dealer or a customer. all applicable national or local regulatory require-
ments. In the absence of any regulatory require-
ments Caterpillar recommends the end user
Data Broadcasts perform their own risk assessment to determine
safe operating distance.
Data concerning this machine, the condition of the
machine, and the operation of the machine is being Refer to your products Operation and Maintenance
transmitted by Cat Product Link to Caterpillar and/or Manual Supplement, “Regulatory Compliance
Cat dealers. The data is used to serve the customer Information” for more information.
better and to improve upon Cat products and
services. The information transmitted may include: For information regarding the methods to disable the
machine serial number, machine location, and Cat Product Link communication device, please refer
operational data, including but not limited to: fault to your specific Cat Product Link manual listed below:
codes, emissions data, fuel usage, service meter
hours, software, and hardware version numbers and • Operation and Maintenance Manual, SEBU8142, “
installed attachments. Product Link - PL121, PL321, PL522, and PL523”
Caterpillar and/or Cat dealers may use this
information for various purposes. Refer to the • Operation and Maintenance Manual, SEBU8832, “
following list for possible uses: Product Link PLE702, PLE602, PLE601, PL641,
PL631, PL542, PL240, PL241, PL243, PL141,
• Providing services to the customer and/or the PL131, PL161, PL083 and PL042 Systems”
machine
Note: If no radio disable switch is installed and the
• Checking or maintaining Cat Product Link equipment will be operating near a blast zone, a
equipment Product Link radio disable switch may be installed on
the equipment. The switch will allow the Cat Product
• Monitoring the health of the machine or Link communication device to be shut off by the
performance operator from the equipment control panel. For more
details and installation procedures, refer to the
• Helping maintain the machine and/or improve the following:
efficiency of the machine
• Special Instruction, REHS7339, “Installation
• Evaluating or improving Cat products and Procedure for Product Link PLE640 Systems”
services
• Special Instruction, REHS8850, “Installation
• Complying with legal requirements and valid court Procedure for the Elite Product Link PLE601,
orders PLE641, and PLE631 Systems”
• Performing market research • Special Instruction, SEHS0377, “Installation
Procedure for the Product Link PL131, PL141,
• Offering the customer new products and services
and PL161 Systems”
SEBU8354-09 109
Operation Section
Machine Security System

• Special Instruction, REHS9111, “Installation Note: MSS will not shut down the machine after the
Procedure for the Pro Product Link PL641 and machine has started.
PL631 Systems”

• Special Instruction, M0098124, “Installation

Security Management
Procedure for Pro Product Link PL243 Systems”
The MSS has the capability to allow you to program
• Special Instruction, M0109130, “Installation the system to automatically activate at different time
periods with different keys. The MSS can also be
Procedure for Product Link PL683 and PL783
programmed to reject a specific electronic key after a
Systems” selected date and time. When you turn the key to the
OFF position and the MSS is active, you have a 30
i02879748 second interval in order to restart the machine with
an unauthorized key. Also if the machine stalls, there
Machine Security System is a 30 second interval for restarting the machine.
This 30 second interval is counted from the time of
SMCS Code: 7631 turning the key to the OFF position.
Note: Know your machine's settings because the use
Machine Security System (If of an electronic key is no guarantee that the machine
Equipped) can be restarted.
An expiration date can be set for each electronic key
NOTICE that is contained in the list of keys for the machine.
If equipped with a Caterpillar Machine Security Sys- The key will no longer start the machine when the
tem (MSS), this machine may not start under certain internal clock in the security system passes the
conditions. Read the following information and know expiration date. Each entry in the list of keys can
your machine's settings. Your Caterpillar dealer can have a different expiration date.
identify your machine settings.
Spare keys are available from your dealer. Before a
key can operate the machine, the MSS must be set
Machine Security System (MSS) – to accept that particular key. Contact your Caterpillar
Machines that are equipped with a dealer for information on additional features of the
Caterpillar Machine Security System MSS.
(MSS) can be identified by a decal in the operator
station. MSS is designed to prevent theft of the i04133752
machine or unauthorized operation.
Operation Information
Basic Operation SMCS Code: 7000
MSS may be programmed to read a standard To prevent injury, make sure that no people are
Caterpillar key or an electronic key. The electronic working on the machine or near the machine. To
key contains an electronic chip within the plastic prevent injury, keep the machine under control at all
housing for the key. Each key emits a unique signal times.
to the MSS. The keys can be identified by a gray
housing or a yellow housing. MSS can have Reduce engine speed when you maneuver in tight
programmed settings to require an electronic key or a quarters or when you are going over a hill.
standard Caterpillar key for starting during certain
periods of time. Select the necessary gear speed before you start
downgrade. Do not change gears while you are going
When the key start switch of the machine is turned to downhill.
the ON position, the ECM will read the unique ID that When you go downgrade, use the same gear speed
is stored in the electronic key. The ECM will then that would be used to go upgrade.
compare this ID to the list of authorized keys. The
following table tells the operator the status for starting Do not allow the engine to overspeed when you go
the machine. The status light is located near the key downhill. Use the service brake pedal to reduce
start switch. engine overspeed when you are going downhill.
Table 82
Red light The key is not authorized.
When the load will be pushing the machine, put the
transmission selector lever in FIRST speed before
you start downhill.
110 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Operation Information

Changing Direction and Speed The primary steering indicator indicates that the
primary steering has failed. The alarm will also sound
when the engine is running. The secondary steering
indicator indicates that the secondary steering
system is activated.
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“Secondary Steering” for detailed information about
the secondary steering function.

Quick Coupler Function (if

Equipped)

Disengaging the coupler pins will release the

work tool from control of the operator.
Serious injury or death may result from disengag-
ing the work tool when it is in an unstable posi-
tion or carrying a load.
Place the work tool in a safe position before dis-
engaging the coupler pins.
Illustration 104 g00886442
(1) Transmission Direction Control Lever
(2) Service Brake Pedals
(3) Transmission Direction Control Switch (If Equipped)

Changing from low speed to high speed at full engine Inspect the quick coupler engagement before op-
speed is possible. Directional changes at full engine erating the machine.
speed are possible. However, if you are changing
direction, reducing the machine speed and/or braking Serious injury or death may result from improp-
the machine is recommended. Proper braking will erly engaged coupler.
provide operator comfort and the maximum service
life of the power train components. Keep a loaded
bucket low to the ground. Stop the machine in order
to avoid an unstable machine.
Crush injury. Could cause serious injury or death.
1. Lower the engine speed with the governor pedal. Always confirm that the quick coupler is engaged
2. Push the brake pedals (2) downward in order to onto the pins. Read the Operator's Manual.
slow the machine. Push the brake pedals (2)
If your machine is equipped with the Fusion coupler,
downward in order to stop the machine. refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
3. Move the transmission direction control lever (1) or SEBU7617, “Fusion Wheel Loader Quick Coupler”
for detailed operation information.
move the direction control switch (3) (if equipped)
to the desired direction. Rotate the transmission
Front Work Tool Coupler for Tools That
lever to the desired speed.
Do Not Require Hydraulics
4. Release the brake pedals.
1. The switch has a locking tab. Pull the red button
5. Increase the engine speed with the governor
downward and press the bottom of the switch.
pedal.
Hold the switch in the downward position until the
coupler pins disengage.
Secondary Steering (If Equipped)
Note: The switch for the Fusion coupler is a two-
If the primary steering indicator comes on and/or the position switch. The switch will not return to the
action alarm sounds, steer the machine to a CENTER position.
convenient location and stop the machine.
2. Tilt the coupler assembly forward.
SEBU8354-09 111
Operation Section
Operation Information

Make sure that the coupler assembly is below the

level of the hooks on the work tool that will be
attached.
3. Slowly, drive the machine forward. Align the hooks
on the work tool with the coupler assembly.
4. Pull back on the lift lever in order to raise the
coupler slightly. Raise the coupler until the coupler
assembly contacts the hooks on the work tool and
the work tool is lifted slightly.
Make sure that the work tool is level from one side
to the other side.
5. Tilt back the coupler assembly until the alignment
bar of the work tool contacts the coupler.
6. Press the top of the switch and hold the switch for
3 seconds in order to engage the pins for the quick
coupler.

Note: Visually ensure that both coupler pins are

Illustration 105 g01413412
extending out of the holes in the work tool mounting
bracket. Ensure that the tool is firmly attached and Quick disconnect fittings
continue with steps 7 through 9.
Before you connect the quick disconnect plugs or
7. Push the tilt lever in order to tilt the work tool before you disconnect the quick disconnect plugs,
follow the steps below.
downward.
8. Push the lift lever forward in order to put down • Stop the engine.
pressure on the work tool. • Move all of the control levers for the work tool in
9. Back up the machine and make sure that there is order to relieve the pressure in the hydraulic lines.
no movement between the work tool and the
• Return all of the levers to the HOLD position.
coupler.
• In order to connect the lines, push the fitting and
Steps 7 through 9 indicate that the coupler pins have
fully engaged into the retainer holes for the work tool. push down on the external collar.

Note: Operating instructions for specific work tools Disconnecting Lines

are not provided. The function of the control lever is
dependent upon the installation of an Auxiliary • In order to disconnect the hydraulic line, pull up on
Equipment Manufacturer work tool. the external collar and pull on the line.

• Wipe off all foreign material.

Work Tools That Require Hydraulics
• Install plugs on any unused connectors.
Follow the procedure that is described in Operation
and Maintenance Manual, “Front Work Tool Coupler Uncoupling the Work Tool
for Tools That Do Not Require Hydraulics”.

Place the work tool or bucket in a safe position

before disengaging the quick coupler. Ensure
that the work tool or bucket is not carrying a load.
Serious injury or death may result from disengag-
ing the work tool or bucket when it is in an unsta-
ble position or carrying a load.

1. Position the bucket or the work tool on a level

surface.
112 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Secondary Steering

2. Move the switch to DISENGAGE. The secondary steering indicator will come on and
the electric pump motor will activate when the
Note: The switch for the Fusion coupler is a two- secondary steering control senses a lack of oil
position switch. The switch will not return to the pressure.
CENTER position.
The secondary steering system will be deactivated
Note: If the coupler pins are stuck, perform one when oil pressure has returned to the system.
of the following procedures to release the
If the primary steering indicator comes on and/or the
coupler pins. action alarm sounds, steer the machine to a
convenient location and stop the machine.
a. Raise the bucket or the work tool slightly above
the ground. Shake the bucket or the work tool Make any necessary repairs before you return the
back and forth. Reposition the bucket or the machine to operation.
work tool on a level surface. Repeat step 2.
b. Apply breakout force to the bucket or the work
tool. Repeat step 2. Reposition the bucket or
the work tool on a level surface.
3. After the coupler pins are DISENGAGED, tilt the
coupler forward until the alignment bar on the work
tool is away from the coupler.
4. Lower the coupler until the coupler is no longer in
contact with the hooks on the work tool.
5. Tilt the coupler forward. Ensure that the coupler is
below the hooks on the work tool that was
attached.
6. Slowly drive the machine BACKWARD away from
the work tool.
7. Move the switch to ENGAGE .

i02829129

Secondary Steering
(If Equipped)
SMCS Code: 7000
The purpose of the secondary steering system is Illustration 106 g01411175
providing steering control if the following conditions (1) High pressure indicator for Secondary Steering
are met. (2) Low pressure indicator for Secondary Steering
(3) Secondary Steering Switch
• The engine has been started and the start switch
key is in the ON position. Push the secondary steering switch (3) to the ON
position and hold the secondary steering switch in
• The steering oil pressure is low or the steering oil the ON position in order to articulate the machine
pressure is not available. when the machine is stopped. Push the secondary
steering switch to the ON position and hold the
The secondary steering indicator will come on for secondary steering switch in the ON position in order
three seconds when the engine start switch key is in to articulate the machine when the machine is being
the ON position. During this time, the operator can towed.
determine if the pump motor for the secondary
steering is engaged and the operator should try to
steer the machine.
If the alert indicator does not come on or you are
unable to steer the machine, do not operate the
machine. Correct the cause of the failure before you
operate the machine again.
SEBU8354-09 113
Operation Section
If Equipped

NOTICE
The secondary steering motor should remain on for
no more than five minutes. This time period should
be sufficient to safely steer the machine to a stop.
After the machine has come to a stop, turn the engine
start switch to the OFF position. This will turn off the
secondary steering system. Prolonged use of the
secondary steering system will cause the secondary
steering motor to overheat. Overheating will cause
damage to the components of the secondary steering
motor.

Push the secondary steering switch in order to

determine if the secondary steering is functional.
When the alert indicators come on, steer the machine
immediately to a convenient location and stop the
machine. Stop the engine and investigate the cause.
Do not operate the machine until the cause has been
corrected.
Note: If the hydraulic system functions are used at
low engine speeds, the alert indicator may come on
momentarily.
114 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Engine Starting

Engine Starting
i03822196

Engine Starting
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

Start the Engine

The following table lists the limits for temperature
range:
Table 83
Operating Temperature
Package Details Starting Temperature
Range
10W30 engine

1 10W hydraulics −9 °C (15.8 °F) 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F)

30W Transmission
10W30 engine
−9 °C (15.8 °F) to −18 °C
2 10W hydraulics −18 °C (−0.4 °F) to 10 °C (50 °F)
(−0.4 °F)
10W Transmission
0W30 engine
−18 °C (−0.4 °F) to −40 °C
3 0W hydraulics −40 °C (−40 °F) to −10 °C (14 °F)
(−40 °F)
0W Transmission

1. Move both the transmission direction control lever

NOTICE
and the direction control switch (if equipped) into Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds.
NEUTRAL. Allow the starter to cool for two minutes before crank-
ing again.
2. Lift the steering column release lever and move
the steering column to the desired position. Turbocharger damage can result, if the engine is not
Release the steering column release lever in order kept low until the engine oil light/gauge verifies the oil
to lock the steering column into position. pressure is sufficient.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Move the control levers to the HOLD position. Warm up the Engine and Machine
5. Before the engine is started, check for the Keep engine speed low until the engine oil pressure
presence of bystanders or maintenance indicator light goes out. If the engine oil pressure
personnel. Ensure that all personnel are clear of indicator light does not go out within ten seconds,
the machine. Briefly sound the forward horn before stop the engine. Investigate the cause of the problem
before you start the engine again.
you start the engine.
6. Turn the engine start switch to the ON position. Note: The hydraulic lockout must be in the
Pause for three seconds so that the secondary UNLOCKED position before the hydraulic controls
will function.
steering (if equipped) can test.
Note: In applications for cold weather, pause until the 1. Allow the engine to warm up at low idle for at least
indicator lamp for the starting aid turns off. five minutes. Engage the work tool controls and
disengage the work tool controls. This will speed
7. Do not push down on the throttle pedal. Turn the up the warm-up of the hydraulic components.
engine start switch key in order to engage the
2. Look at the indicators and the gauges frequently
starter. Release the key when the engine starts.
during operation.
SEBU8354-09 115
Operation Section
Engine Starting

Also, to help the hydraulic oil to warm up faster, hold

the bucket control in the CLOSE position for short
periods of ten seconds or less. This will allow the
hydraulic oil to reach relief pressure, which causes
the hydraulic oil to warm up more rapidly.

NOTICE
The hydraulic control valve may become overheated
if the bucket is operated continuously under relief
conditions.

Cycle all controls in order to allow warm hydraulic oil

to circulate through all hydraulic cylinders and
through all hydraulic lines.
When you idle the machine for warm-up, heed the
following recommendations:

• If the temperature is greater than 0° C (32° F),

warm up the engine for approximately 15 minutes.
• If the temperature is less than 0° C (32° F), warm
up the engine for approximately 30 minutes.
• If the temperature is less than − 18°C (0°F) or if
hydraulic functions are sluggish, additional time
may be required.
116 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Adjustments

Adjustments i03865792

i01726817
Work Tool Positioner
SMCS Code: 5112
Lift Kickout
SMCS Code: 5109
Use caution to avoid possible personal injury
when adjusting the bucket positioner.

Use caution to avoid possible personal injury Stop the engine and lower all equipment to re-
when adjusting the attachment lift kickout. lieve the hydraulic pressure.

Keep personnel off the machine. Clear the area Engage the parking brake and block the tires to
when working under or around the attachment prevent sudden movement of the machine.
linkage.
Keep unauthorized personnel off the machine.
With the attachment raised, proper support must
be provided for the attachment and/or the
linkage. 1. Start the engine. Lower the bucket to the ground.
2. Position the bucket at the desired angle to the
1. Start the engine. Raise the work tool to the desired ground. Turn the engine start switch key to the
height and stop the engine. OFF position in order to stop the engine. With the
engine “OFF” and the engine start switch key in
2. Block up the work tool and the linkage. the ON, move the bucket tilt lever to the TILT
BACK detent position.

Illustration 107 g00612537

Typical Example Illustration 108 g00612503
924Hz
3. Loosen the magnet clamp. Align the magnet with
the switch assembly.
4. To increase the lift kickout height for the work tool,
move the magnet counterclockwise. To decrease
the lift kickout height for the work tool, move the
magnet clockwise.
5. Tighten the magnet clamp.
6. Start the engine. To check the adjustment, move
the work tool lift lever to the RAISE detent position.
7. When the bucket reaches the preset lift height, the
work tool lift lever should return to the HOLD
position.
SEBU8354-09 117
Operation Section
Programmable Transmission Neutralizer

i02829132

Programmable Transmission
Neutralizer
SMCS Code: 4269; 7332

Illustration 109 g00612564

924H/930H
Typical Example

Illustration 111 g01395065

The transmission neutralizer function puts the

transmission in neutral when the brake pressure
reaches the pressure setting. The transmission is
held in neutral until the brake is released. The
transmission neutralizer switch is used to disable the
Illustration 110 g00887587 transmission neutralizer function. The same switch is
928H used in order to change the brake pressure of the
transmission neutralizer function. The light on the
3. Loosen the two bolts that clamp the switch (1) to transmission neutralizer switch is illuminated when
the feature is disabled.
the tube. Move the switch until the orange light (2)
comes on. Move the switch down the cylinder in Note: The bottom position is the DISABLED position.
order to increase the digging angle. Move the The center position is the ENABLED position. The
switch up the cylinder in order to decrease the top is the SET position. Depress the top of the
digging angle. transmission neutralizer switch and release the top of
the transmission neutralizer switch in order to display
Note: Do not adjust the work tool postioner by the current transmission neutralizer value on the
adjusting the tube assembly. instrument cluster.

4. To test the adjustment, start the engine. Raise the 1. Start the engine.
bucket. Move the bucket tilt lever to the TILT
2. Depress the top of the transmission neutralizer
BACK detent position.
switch longer than 3 seconds. The display on the
5. When the bucket reaches the preset digging angle, instrument cluster displays the brake pressure.
the bucket tilt lever should return to the HOLD
3. Push on the service brake pedal until the desired
position.
pressure is achieved. The pressure may be set to
any level in the range of 400 kPa (58 psi) and
1999 kPa (290 psi).
4. Release the transmission neutralizer switch.
118 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Programmable Transmission Neutralizer

5. The switch will return to the center position. The

transmission neutralizer function will be enabled at
the current brake pressure.
The instrument cluster will display the transmission
neutralizer value.

Note: Hold the switch in the SET position for 15

seconds without touching the brake pedal in order to
reset the factory default value. The factory default
value is 903 kPa (131 psi). If the switch is released in
less than 15 seconds, the transmission neutralizer
value will not change.

Note: If the brake pressure is less than 175 kPa

(25 psi), the display will read 0(zero).
Depress the bottom of the transmission neutralizer
switch in order to deactivate the transmission
neutralizer function.
SEBU8354-09 119
Operation Section
Parking

Parking i02833841

i01696079
Stopping the Engine if an
Electrical Malfunction Occurs
Stopping the Machine SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
SMCS Code: 7000
Turn the engine start switch key to OFF. If the engine
does not stop, perform the following procedure.
NOTICE
Park on a level surface. If it is necessary to park on a 1. Open the right side cab door.
grade, block the wheels securely.
Engage the parking brake. Do not engage the secon-
dary brake while the machine is moving unless the
primary service brakes fail.

1. Apply the service brakes in order to stop the

machine.
2. Move the transmission control lever and the
transmission control switch (if equipped) to the
NEUTRAL position.
3. Engage the parking brake.
4. Lower the work tool to the ground and apply slight
downward pressure.

i01696083

Stopping the Engine

SMCS Code: 1000; 7000

NOTICE
Stopping the engine immediately after it has been
working under load, can result in overheating and ac-
celerated wear of the engine components.
Refer to the following procedure, to allow the engine
Illustration 112 g01412166
to cool, and to prevent excessive temperatures in the
turbocharger housing (if equipped), which could
cause oil coking problems. 2. Remove the cover for the fuse panel and remove
the fuse (26).
1. Operate the engine for five minutes at low idle with 3. The following procedure is an optional method.
no load. Open the engine hood on the right side of the
machine.
This allows hot areas in the engine to cool
gradually. This will extend the engine life. 4. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF
position.
2. Turn the engine start switch key to the OFF
position in order to stop the engine. Note: Do not operate the machine again until the
malfunction has been corrected.
3. Move all hydraulic control levers back and forth in
order to relieve hydraulic pressure.
4. Move all hydraulic control levers into the HOLD
position.
120 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Equipment Lowering with Engine Stopped

i02796006 If there is no electrical power the boom must be

lowered manually. See Operation and Maintenance
Equipment Lowering with Manual, “Lowering the Equipment with the
Accumulator Discharged” for more details.
Engine Stopped
SMCS Code: 7000 Lowering the Equipment with the
Accumulator Discharged
If there is no electrical power or the accumulator is
Personal injury or death can result from boom not charged, the boom cannot be lowered with the
lowering. boom control lever. The boom must be lowered
manually.
The boom can drop when lowering it with the en-
gine stopped.
Keep all personnel away from the boom drop area
when lowering the boom with the engine
stopped.
Be sure no one is under or near the front linkage
before manually lowering the boom.

Lowering the Equipment with the

Accumulator Charged

Illustration 114 g00887145

The bypass valve is located at the center of the

machine.
The lift arms will start lowering when the bypass
valve is opened.
Keep personnel away from the front of the machine.

Illustration 113 g00887108

If electrical power is available and the accumulator is

charged, the boom can be lowered from the operator
station with the boom control lever.
1. Turn the engine start switch key to the ON position.
2. Unlock the work tool lockout control.
3. Slowly, move the lift lever to the LOWER position
Illustration 115 g00102432
in order to lower the boom slowly.
If the boom does not lower, the accumulator is not Slowly turn the square stem of the bypass valve in a
charged. If the engine has been off for more than ten clockwise direction. The square stem should be
minutes and the engine is operable, start the engine rotated 90 degrees.
and move the lift lever to the LOWER position.
SEBU8354-09 121
Operation Section
Leaving the Machine

The lift arms will lower to the ground.

i01727031

Leaving the Machine

SMCS Code: 7000

1. Use the steps and the handholds when you get off
the machine. Face the machine and use both
hands. Make sure that the steps are clear of debris
before you dismount.
2. Inspect the engine compartment for debris. Clean
out any debris and paper in order to avoid a fire.
3. Remove all flammable debris from the front bottom
guard in order to reduce the fire hazard. Dispose
of the debris properly.
4. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF
position. If the machine will not be operated for an
extended period of a month or more, remove the
battery disconnect switch key.
5. Install all covers and all vandalism protection
locks.
122 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Transportation Information

Transportation Information
i04487149

Lifting and Tying Down the

Machine
SMCS Code: 7000; 7500

NOTICE
Improper lifting or tie-downs can allow the load to
shift and cause injury or damage. Install the steering
frame lock link before lifting.

Illustration 116 g02666416

Proper lifting points are marked on the Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance
machine by this decal. Manual, “Specifications” for the dimensions of the
machine.
Proper tie-down points are marked on Use proper rated cables and proper rated slings for
the machine by this decal. lifting the machine. Position the crane in order to lift
the machine in a level plane.
The spreader bar widths must be sufficient in order to
prevent contact with the machine.
SEBU8354-09 123
Operation Section
Roading the Machine

Install tie-downs at several locations. Place blocks in

front of the wheels and behind the wheels. NOTICE
Obey all state and local laws governing the weight,
Obey the appropriate laws that govern the width and length of a load.
dimensions of the load (weight, height, width, and
length). Make sure the cooling system has proper antifreeze
if moving machine to a colder climate.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer for shipping
instructions for your machine. Observe all regulations governing wide loads.

i01902782

Roading the Machine

SMCS Code: 7000
Before you road a machine, consult your tire dealer
for recommended tire pressures and for speed
limitations.
Limitations for TON-kilometers per hour (TON-miles
per hour) must be obeyed. Consult your tire dealer
for the speed limit of the tires that are used.
When you travel for long distances, schedule stops in
order to allow the tires and the components to cool.
Stop for 30 minutes after every 40 km (25 miles) or
stop for 30 minutes after every hour. Illustration 117 g00040011

Inflate the tires to the correct air pressure. 1. Chock the trailer or rail car wheels before you load
Use a self-attaching inflation chuck and stand behind the machine. (The trailer is shown.)
the tire tread during the inflation. See Tire Inflation 2. After the machine is positioned, connect the
Information.
steering frame lock link in order to hold the front
Perform the Daily Inspection and measure the fluid frame and the rear frame in place.
levels in the various compartments.
3. Lower the work tool to the floor of the transport
Check with the proper officials in order to obtain the vehicle. Move the transmission control lever to
required licenses and other similar items. NEUTRAL.
Travel at a moderate speed. Observe all speed 4. Engage the parking brake.
limitations when you road the machine.
5. Turn the engine start switch key to OFF in order to
Disable the controls for the work tool when the stop the engine. Remove the engine start switch
machine is roaded. key.
Note: Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, 6. Move all of the hydraulic control levers in order to
“Operator Controls” for more information on disabling relieve any trapped pressure.
the controls for the work tool.
7. Move the switch for the hydraulic lever lock to the
i01696169 LOCKED position.
8. Turn the battery disconnect switch key to OFF and
Shipping the Machine remove the battery disconnect switch key.
SMCS Code: 7000; 7500
9. Lock the door and the access covers and attach
Investigate the travel route for overpass clearances. any vandalism protection.
Make sure that there will be adequate clearance if the
machine that is transported is equipped with a 10. Secure the machine with tie-downs when you are
ROPS, with a cab, or with a canopy. transporting the machine on a rail car or on the
tractor-trailer.
Before loading, remove ice, snow, or other slippery
material from the loading dock and from the truck 11. Cover the exhaust opening. The turbocharger
bed. This is done in order to prevent slippage of the should not rotate when the engine is not operating.
machine. This should also be done in order to Damage to the turbocharger can result.
prevent a shift while the machine is moving in transit.
124 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Towing Information

Towing Information
i02981387

Machine Retrieval
SMCS Code: 7000

Personal injury or death could result when towing

a disabled machine incorrectly.
Block the machine to prevent movement before
releasing the brakes. The machine can roll free if
it is not blocked.
Follow the recommendations below, to properly
perform the towing procedure.
These towing instructions are for moving a disabled
machine for a short distance at low speed. Move the
machine at a speed of 2 km/h (1.2 mph) or less to a Illustration 118 g01412780
convenient location for repair. These instructions are
only for emergencies. Always haul the machine if
long distance moving is required.
Shields must be provided on both machines. This will
protect the operator if the tow line breaks or the tow
bar breaks.
Do not allow an operator to be on the machine that is
being towed unless the operator can control the
steering and/or the brakes.
Before you tow the machine, make sure that the tow
line or the tow bar is in good condition. Make sure
that the tow line or the tow bar has enough strength
for the conditions that are involved. The strength of
the tow line or of the tow bar should be at least 150
percent of the gross weight of the towing machine.
This pertains to a disabled machine that is stuck in
the mud and to towing a disabled machine on a
grade.

Illustration 119 g01412781

When you tow the machine from the front, attach the
tow line to the tow eyes on the frame. In order to tow
the machine from the rear, attach the tow line to the
recovery hitch.
Note: The recovery hitch is only for machine
retrieval. Do not use the recovery hitch for any of the
following:

• a lifting point
• a tie down point
• towing a trailer
SEBU8354-09 125
Operation Section
Machine Retrieval

• towing another vehicle Comply with all of the instructions that are outlined in
this topic.
Do not use a chain for pulling a disabled machine. A
chain link can break. This may cause personal injury.
Use a wire cable with ends that have loops or rings. Towing with a Stopped Engine
Place an observer in a safe position in order to watch
the pulling procedure. The observer can stop the When the disabled machine's engine is stopped,
procedure, if necessary. The procedure should be perform the following steps before you tow the
stopped if the cable starts to break. Also, stop the machine.
procedure if the cable starts to unravel. Stop pulling 1. Reverse the hydraulic steering hose connections
whenever the towing machine moves without moving
the towed machine. on one cylinder only.

Keep the tow line angle to a minimum. Do not exceed

a 30 degree angle from the straight ahead position.
Quick machine movement could overload the tow line
or the tow bar. This could cause the tow line or the
tow bar to break. Gradual, steady machine
movement will be more effective.
Normally, the towing machine should be as large as
the disabled machine. Make sure that the towing
machine has enough brake capacity, enough weight,
and enough power. The towing machine must be
able to control both machines for the grade that is
involved and for the distance that is involved.
You must provide sufficient control and sufficient
braking when you are moving a disabled machine Illustration 120 g00887223
downhill. This may require a larger towing machine or
additional machines that are connected to the rear of a. Remove the side panels.
the disabled machine. This will prevent the machine
from rolling away out of control.
All situation requirements cannot be listed. Minimal
towing machine capacity is required on smooth, level
surfaces. On inclines, maximum towing machine
capacity is required.
When any towed machine is loaded, this machine
must be equipped with a brake system that is
operable from the operator compartment.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer for the equipment that
is necessary for towing a disabled machine.

Towing with a Running Engine

Illustration 121 g00613913
If the engine is running, the machine can be towed
for a short distance under certain conditions. The 924H and 924Hz
power train and the steering system must be
operable. Tow the machine for a short distance
only. For example, pull the machine out of mud or
pull the machine to the side of the road.
The operator on the towed machine must steer the
machine in the direction of the tow line.
126 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Machine Retrieval

3. Release the parking brake.

Note: For operation of the parking brake, refer to
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Operator
Controls - Parking Brake Control”.

4. Inspect the machine for power train damage.

Remove all four axle shafts if any damage is
suspected.
5. Fasten the tow bar to the disabled machine.
6. Remove the wheel blocks. Tow the machine
slowly. Do not exceed 2 km/h (1.2 mph).

Illustration 122 g00101794

928H and 930H
Personal injury or death can result from a brake
b. Remove the clamp (1) in order to allow free malfunction.
movement of the hose for the head end of the Be sure all necessary repairs and adjustments
steering cylinder on the 928H and the 930H have been made before a machine that has been
machine. towed to a service area, is put back into
operation.
c. Disconnect the hydraulic hose from the fitting
(2) on the head end of the steering cylinder.
d. Disconnect the hydraulic hose from the fitting
(3) on the rod end of the steering cylinder.
e. Reconnect the hose for the rod end to the fitting
for the head end and reconnect the hose for the
head end to the bottom rod end fitting.
This will allow the steering cylinders to move
freely.

NOTICE
Be sure the cylinder hoses are connected correctly
before operating the machine. With the hoses re-
versed, the steering system will not function.

2. If failure of the internal transmission or of the drive

train is suspected, remove the drive shafts.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer or refer to the
Service Manual for the removal procedures and
for the installation procedures.

When the drive shafts are removed, the machine

has NO parking or secondary brakes. The ma-
chine can roll and cause personal injury or death.
Block the wheels securely so that the machine
cannot move.
The towing connection must be rigid, or towing
must be done by two machines of the same size
or larger than the towed machine. Connect a ma-
chine on each end of towed machine.
SEBU8354-09 127
Operation Section
Engine Starting (Alternate Methods)

Engine Starting (Alternate Use of Jump Start Cables

Methods) When the auxiliary starting receptacles are not
available, use the following procedure.
i03735183 1. Determine the failure of the engine to start.
2. Place the direction control lever and the direction
Engine Starting with Jump control switch (if equipped) in the NEUTRAL
Start Cables position on the stalled machine. Engage the
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000 parking brake. Lower all attachments to the
ground. Move all controls to the HOLD position.
3. On a stalled machine, turn the start switch key to
the OFF position. Turn off the accessories.
Failure to properly service the batteries may
cause peronal injury. 4. On a stalled machine, turn on the battery
disconnect switch.
Prevent sparks near the batteries. They could
cause vapors to explode. Do not allow the jump 5. Move the machines together in order for the cables
start cable ends to contact each other or the to reach. DO NOT ALLOW THE MACHINES TO
machine. CONTACT.
Do not smoke when checking battery electrolyte 6. Stop the engine on the machine that is the
levels.
electrical source. When you use an auxiliary
Electrolyte is an acid and can cause personal in- power source, turn off the charging system.
jury if it contacts skin or eyes.
7. Check the battery caps for correct placement and
Always wear eye protection when starting a ma- for correct tightness. Make these checks on both
chine with jump start cables. machines. Make sure that the batteries in the
stalled machine are not frozen. Check the
Improper jump start procedures can cause an ex-
plosion resulting in personal injury. batteries for low electrolyte.
8. Connect the positive jump start cable to the
Always connect the battery positive (+) to battery
positive (+) and the battery negative (−) to battery positive cable terminal of the discharged battery.
negative (−). Do not allow positive cable clamps to contact any
Jump start only with an energy source with the metal except for battery terminals.
same voltage as the stalled machine.
Note: The batteries are connected in series. Use the
Turn off all lights and accessories on the stalled terminal that is connected to the starter solenoid.
machine. Otherwise, they will operate when the This battery is normally on the same side of the
energy source is connected. machine as the starter.

9. Connect the positive jump start cable to the

NOTICE positive terminal of the electrical source. Use the
When starting from another machine, make sure that procedure from Step 8 in order to determine the
the machines do not touch. This can prevent damage correct terminal.
to engine bearings and electrical circuits.
10. Connect one end of the negative jump start cable
Turn on (close) the battery disconnect switch prior to to the negative terminal of the electrical source.
the boost connection to prevent damage to electrical
components on the stalled machine. 11. Make the final connection. Connect the negative
cable to the frame of the stalled machine. Make
Severely discharged maintenance free batteries do
not fully recharge from the alternator after jump start- this connection away from the battery, the fuel, the
ing. The batteries must be charged to proper voltage hydraulic lines, or moving parts.
with a battery charger. Many batteries thought to be 12. Start the engine on the machine that is the
unusable are still rechargeable.
electrical source. Also, you can energize the
This machine has a 24 volt starting system. Use only charging system on the auxiliary power source.
the same voltage for jump starting. Use of a higher
voltage damages the electrical system. 13. Allow the electrical source to charge the batteries
for two minutes.
128 SEBU8354-09
Operation Section
Engine Starting with Jump Start Cables

14. Attempt to start the stalled engine. Refer to

Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Engine
Starting”.
15. Immediately after the stalled engine starts,
disconnect the jump start cables in reverse order.
16. Conclude with a failure analysis on the starting
charging system. Check the stalled machine, as
required. Check the machine when the engine is
running and the charging system is in operation.
SEBU8354-09 129
Maintenance Section
Tire Inflation Information

Maintenance Section There are other benefits to using nitrogen in addition

to reducing the risk of an explosion. The use of
nitrogen for tire inflation lessens the slow oxidation of
the rubber. Use of nitrogen also slows gradual tire
Tire Inflation Information deterioration. This is especially important for tires that
are expected to have a long service life of at least
i00095080
four years. Nitrogen reduces the corrosion of rim
components. Nitrogen also reduces problems that
result from disassembly.
Tire Inflation with Air
SMCS Code: 4203

A tire blowout or a rim failure can cause personal

injury.
Use a self-attaching inflation chuck and stand be-
hind the tread when inflating a tire. Use a self-attaching inflation chuck and stand be-
hind the tread when inflating a tire, to prevent
Proper inflation equipment, and training in using personal injury.
the equipment, are necessary to avoid overinfla-
tion. A tire blowout or rim failure can result from
improper or misused equipment. Note: Do not set the tire inflation equipment regulator
higher than 140 kPa (20 psi) over the recommended
Before inflating tire, install on the machine or put tire pressure.
tire in restraining device.
Use 6V-4040 Inflation Group or an equivalent
inflation group to inflate tires with a nitrogen gas
NOTICE cylinder.
Set the tire inflation equipment regulator at no more
than 140 kPa (20 psi) over the recommended tire Reference: For tire inflation instructions, refer to
pressure. Special Instruction, SMHS7867, “Nitrogen Tire
Inflation Group”.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer for operating
pressures. For nitrogen inflation, use the same tire pressures
that are used for air inflation. Consult your tire dealer
i02096880 for operating pressures.

Tire Inflation with Nitrogen i03732547

SMCS Code: 4203

Tire Inflation Pressure
Caterpillar recommends the use of dry nitrogen gas SMCS Code: 4203
for tire inflation and for tire pressure adjustments.
This includes all machines with rubber tires. Nitrogen The tire inflation pressures that are shown in the
is an inert gas that will not aid combustion inside the following table are cold inflation pressures for tires on
tire. Caterpillar machines and shipping pressures for tires
on Caterpillar machines.

Tire Inflation with Nitrogen

Proper nitrogen inflation equipment, and training
in using the equipment, are necessary to avoid Caterpillar recommends the use of dry nitrogen gas
over inflation. A tire blowout or rim failure can re- for tire inflation and for tire pressure adjustments.
sult from improper or misused equipment and
personal injury or death can occur. This includes all machines with rubber tires. Nitrogen
is an inert gas that will not aid combustion inside the
A tire blowout and/or rim failure can occur if the tire.
inflation equipment is not used correctly, due to
the fact that a fully charged nitrogen cylinder's
pressure is approximately 15000 kPa (2200 psi).
130 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Tire Inflation Pressure

Tire inflation pressures for each application may vary.

These tire inflation pressures should be obtained
Proper nitrogen inflation equipment, and training from your tire supplier.
in using the equipment, are necessary to avoid
over inflation. A tire blowout or rim failure can re- 924H and 924Hz
sult from improper or misused equipment and
personal injury or death can occur. Table 84
Ply Rating Pressure
A tire blowout and/or rim failure can occur if the
inflation equipment is not used correctly, due to Size or
Strength Index kPa psi
the fact that a fully charged nitrogen cylinder's
pressure is approximately 15000 kPa (2200 psi). 17.5-25 (Front) 12 PR 300 44

17.5-25 (Rear) 12 PR 200 29

There are other benefits to using nitrogen in addition
to reducing the risk of an explosion. The use of 17.5-25 (Front) 16 PR 300 44
nitrogen for tire inflation lessens the slow oxidation of
17.5-25 (Rear) 16 PR 200 29
the rubber. Use of nitrogen also slows gradual tire
deterioration. This is especially important for tires that 17.5R25 Michelin (Front) One Star 350 51
are expected to have a long service life of at least (1)
four years. Nitrogen reduces the corrosion of rim
components. Nitrogen also reduces problems that 17.5R25 Michelin (Rear) One Star 200 29
(1)
result from disassembly.
17.5R25 Goodyear One Star 400 58
(Front) (1)

17.5R25 Goodyear (Rear) One Star 300 44

A tire blowout or a rim failure can cause personal (1)
injury.
555/65R25 (Front) One Star 250 36
Use a self-attaching inflation chuck and stand be-
hind the tread when inflating a tire, to prevent 555/65R25 (Rear) One Star 200 29
personal injury.
20.5-25 (Front) 12 PR 250 36

20.5-25 (Rear) 12 PR 200 29

NOTICE
Set the tire inflation equipment regulator at no more 20.5R25 (Front) 16 PR 250 36
than 140 kPa (20 psi) over the recommended tire
pressure. 20.5R25 (Rear) 16 PR 200 29

20.5R25 Michelin (Front) One Star 250 36

(1)
Use 6V-4040 Inflation Group or an equivalent
inflation group to inflate tires with a nitrogen gas 20.5R25 Michelin (Rear) One Star 200 29
cylinder. (1)

Reference: For tire inflation instructions, refer to 20.5R25 Goodyear One Star 400 58
Special Instruction, SMHS7867, “Nitrogen Tire (Front) (1)
Inflation Group”. 20.5R25 Goodyear (Rear) One Star 300 44
(1)
For nitrogen inflation, use the same tire pressures
that are used for air inflation. Consult your tire dealer (1) The “R” in the tire size signifies radial construction.
for operating pressures.
928Hz
Operating Pressure
Table 85
The operating inflation pressure is based on the Ply Rating Pressure
following conditions. Size or
Strength Index kPa psi
• The weight of a ready-to-work machine without
work tools 17.5-25 (Front) 12 PR 325 47

• The rated payload 17.5-25 (Rear) 12 PR 225 33

• Average operating conditions.

(continued)
SEBU8354-09 131
Maintenance Section
Tire Inflation Pressure Adjustment

(Table 85, contd) (Table 86, contd)

Ply Rating Pressure 600/65R25 * 300/200 43.5/29.0
Size or
20.5-25 * 275/200 39.9/29.0
Strength Index
650/65R25 * 225/200 32.6/29.0
kPa psi
17.5-25 * 400/250 58.0/36.3
17.5R25 Michelin (Front) One Star 375 54
(1) Consult
Nokian 20.5-25 *
Nokian.
17.5R25 Michelin (Rear) One Star 200 29
(1) Consult
17.5-25 *
Pirelli.
17.5R25 Goodyear One Star 400 58 Pirelli
Consult
(Front)(1) 20.5-25 *
Pirelli.
17.5R25 Goodyear (Rear) One Star 300 44 (1) Front/Rear
(1)

20.5-25 (Front) 12 PR 225 33 i02610518

20.5-25 (Rear) 12 PR 200 29 Tire Inflation Pressure

20.5R25 Michelin (Front)
(1)
One Star 250 36 Adjustment
SMCS Code: 4203
20.5R25 Michelin (Rear) One Star 200 29
(1)
Always obtain the proper tire inflation pressures and
20.5R25 Goodyear One Star 400 58
maintenance recommendations for the tires on your
(Front)(1)
machine from your tire supplier. The tire pressure in a
warm shop area 18° to 21°C (65° to 70°F) will
20.5R25 Goodyear (Rear) One Star 300 44 significantly change when you move the machine into
(1) freezing temperatures. If you inflate the tire to the
(1)
correct pressure in a warm shop, the tire will be
The “R” in the tire size signifies radial construction.
underinflated in freezing temperatures. Low pressure
shortens the life of a tire.
930H
Reference: When you operate the machine in
Table 86 freezing temperatures, refer to Special Publication,
Manufactur- SEBU5898, “Cold Weather Recommendations for All
Size Rating kPa (1) psi (1) Caterpillar Machines” in order to adjust tire inflation
er
pressures.
Bridgestone 17.5-25 * 400/250 58.0/36.3

17.5-25 12PR 400/250 58.0/36.3

Firestone
20.5-25 12 PR 275/200 39.9/29.0
17.5-R25 * 400/250 58.0/36.3
17.5-25 12PR 375/250 54.4/36.3
550/65
* 350/200 50.8/29.0
R25
Goodyear
20.5-25 12 PR 275/200 39.9/29.0
20.5-R25 * 325/200 47.1/29.0
600/65R25 * 300/200 43.5/29.0
17.5-25 16PR 400/250 58.0/36.3
17.5-R25 * 400/250 58.0/36.3
550/65
Michelin * 350/200 50.8/29.0
R25
20.5-R25 * 325/200 47.1/29.0

(continued)
132 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities

Lubricant Viscosities and Machines that are operated continuously should use
oils that have the higher oil viscosity in the final drives
Refill Capacities and in the differentials. The oils that have the
higheroil viscosity will maintain the highestpossible
oil film thickness. Refer to “General Information for
i06809393 Lubricants” article, “Lubricant Viscosities” tables, and
any associated footnotes. Consult your Cat dealer if
Lubricant Viscosities additional information is needed.

(Fluids Recommendations) NOTICE

Not following the recommendations found in this
SMCS Code: 7581 manual can lead to reduced performance and com-
partment failure.
General Information for Lubricants
When you are operating the machine in temperatures Engine Oil
below−20°C (−4°F), refer to Special Publication,
SEBU5898, “Cold-Weather Recommendations”. This Cat oils have been developed and tested to provide
publication is available from your Cat dealer.
the full performance and life that has been designed
For cold-weather applications where transmission oil and built into Cat engines.
SAE 0W-20 is recommended, Cat Cold-Weather
TDTO is recommended. Cat DEO-ULS multigrade and Cat DEO multigrade
oils are formulated with the correct amounts of
Caterpillar has determined that Wheel Loaders detergents, dispersants, and alkalinity to provide
equipped with the High Ambient Cooling Attachment superior performance in Cat diesel engines where
can operate with Cat HYDO Advanced 10 Hydraulic recommended for use.
System Oil in ambient temperatures from −20° C
(−4° F) to 50° C (122° F). Note: SAE 10W-30 is the preferred viscosity grade
for the 3116, 3126, C7, C-9, and C9 diesel engines
Refer to the “Lubricant Information” section in the when the ambient temperature is between -18° C (0°
latest revision of the Special Publication, SEBU6250, F) and 40° C (104° F).
“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations” for a
list of Cat engine oils and for detailed information.
This manual may be found on the Web at Safety.Cat.
com.
The footnotes are a key part of the tables. Read ALL
footnotes that pertain to the machine compartment in
question.

Selecting the Viscosity

To select the proper oil for each machine
compartment, refer to the “Lubricant Viscosity for
Ambient Temperature” table. Use the oil type AND oil
viscosity for the specific compartment at the proper
ambient temperature.
The proper oil viscosity grade is determined by the
minimumambient temperature (the air in the
immediate vicinity of the machine). Measure the
temperature when the machine is startedand while
the machine is operated. To determine the proper oil
viscosity grade, refer to the “Min” columninthe table.
This information reflects the coldest ambient
temperature condition for startinga cold machine and
foroperating a cold machine. Refer to the “Max”
column in the table for operating the machine at the
highest temperature that is anticipated. Unless
specified otherwise in the “Lubricant Viscosities for
Ambient Temperatures” tables, use the highest oil
viscosity that is allowed for the ambient temperature.
SEBU8354-09 133
Maintenance Section
Fluids Recommendations

Table 87
Lubricant Viscosities for Ambient Temperatures

Oil Type and Performance °C °F

Compartment or System Oil Viscosities
Requirements Min Max Min Max
Cat DEO-ULS Cold Weather SAE 0W-40 −40 40 −40 104
Cat DEO-ULS
SAE 10W-30 −18 40 0 104
Engine Crankcase Cat DEO
Cat DEO-ULS
SAE 15W-40 −10 50 15 122
Cat DEO

When fuels of sulfur level of 0.1 percent (1000 ppm) • Cat DEO-ULS Cold Weather
or higher are used, Cat DEO-ULS may be used if
S·O·S oil analysis program is followed. Base the oil If noise is a problem in the hydraulic system, 1U-
change interval on the oil analysis. 9891 oil additive may be used in the hydraulic
system. This additive is a friction modifier that helps
Note: Failure to follow oil analysis recommended oil reduce the noise level.
change interval, may result in reduced engine
component life.

Hydraulic Systems
Refer to the “Lubricant Information” section in the
latest revision of the Special Publication, SEBU6250,
“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations” for
detailed information. This manual may be found on
the Web at Safety.Cat.com.
The following are the preferred oils for use in most
Cat machine hydraulic systems:

• Cat HYDO Advanced 10 SAE 10W

• Cat HYDO Advanced 30 SAE 30W

• Cat BIO HYDO Advanced

Cat HYDO Advanced fluids have a 50% increase
in the standard oil drain interval for machine
hydraulic systems (3000 hours versus 2000 hours)
over second and third choice oils when you follow the
maintenance interval schedule for oil filter changes
and for oil sampling that is stated in the Operation
and Maintenance Manual for your particular machine.
6000-hour oil drain intervals are possible when using
S·O·S Services oil analysis. Consult your Cat dealer
for details. When switching to Cat HYDO Advanced
fluids, cross contamination with the previous oil
should be kept to less than 10%.
Second choice oils are listed below.
• Cat MTO

• Cat DEO
• Cat DEO-ULS

• Cat TDTO
• Cat TDTO Cold Weather

• Cat TDTO-TMS
134 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Fluids Recommendations

Table 88
Lubricant Viscosities for Ambient Temperatures

Oil Type and Performance °C °F

Compartment or System Oil Viscosities
Requirements Min Max Min Max
Cat HYDO Advanced 10(1)
SAE 10W −20 40 −4 104
Cat TDTO
Cat HYDO Advanced 30
SAE 30 0 50 32 122
Cat TDTO
Cat BIO HYDO Advanced “ISO 46” Multi-Grade −30 45 −22 113
Cat MTO
Hydraulic System Cat DEO-ULS SAE10W-30 −20 40 −4 104
Cat DEO
Cat DEO-ULS
SAE15W-40 −15 50 5 122
Cat DEO
Cat TDTO-TMS Multi-Grade −15 50 5 122
Cat DEO-ULS Cold Weather SAE0W-40 −40 40 −40 104
Cat TDTO Cold Weather SAE 0W-20 −40 40 −40 104
(1) −20° C (−4° F) to 50° C (122° F) if equipped with the High Ambient Cooling Attachment

Transmission and Axles

Refer to the “Lubricant Information” section in the
latest revision of the Special Publication, SEBU6250,
“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations” for
detailed information. This manual may be found on
the Web at Safety.Cat.com.
When you are operating the machine in temperatures
below−20°C (−4°F), refer to Special Publication,
SEBU5898, “Cold-Weather Recommendations”. This
publication is available from your Cat dealer.
Table 89
Lubricant Viscosities for Ambient Temperatures

Oil Type and Per- °C °F

Compartment or
formance Oil Viscosities
System Min Max Min Max
Requirements
Cat TDTO Cold
SAE 0W-20 −40 0 −40 32
Weather
SAE 10W −20 10 −4 50
Power Shift Transmission
Cat TDTO SAE 30 0 35 32 95
SAE 50 10 50 50 122
Cat TDTO-TMS Multi-Grade −20 43 4 110
Cat TDTO Cold
SAE 0W-20 −40 —10 −40 14
Weather
SAE 10W −25 0 -4 32
Drive Axles
Cat TDTO SAE 30 −20 20 −4 68
SAE 50(1) -10 50 14 122

Cat TDTO-TMS Multi-Grade –25 43 −13 72

(1) Factory fill oil for standard configuration machines.
SEBU8354-09 135
Maintenance Section
Fluids Recommendations

Special Lubricants
Grease
To use a non-Cat grease, the supplier must certify
that the lubricant is compatible with Cat grease.
Each pin joint should be flushed with the new grease.
Ensure that all old grease is removed. Failure to meet
this requirement may lead to failure of a pin joint.
Table 90
Recommended Grease
°C °F
Compartment or System Grease Type NLGI Grade
Min Max Min Max
Cat Advanced 3Moly NLGI Grade2 −20 40 −4 104

NLGI Grade 2 −30 50 −22 122

Cat Ultra 5Moly NLGI Grade 1 −35 40 −31 104
External Lubrication Points
NLGI Grade 0 −40 35 −40 95
Cat Arctic Platinum NLGI Grade 0 −50 20 −58 68
Cat Desert Gold NLGI Grade 2 −20 60 −4 140
Steering Column(1)
Drive Shaft Universal Joints(2) Cat Multipurpose Grease NLGI Grade2 −30 40 −22 104
Drive Shaft Support Bearing
(1) HMU Steering
(2) 980 Drive Shaft is maintenance free.

Grease for the Autolube System

The grease used with the automatic lubrication

system must not contain any graphite or PTFE.
Note: Pumpability is based on “US Steel Mobility and
Lincoln Ventmeter Tests”. Performance may vary
depending on lubrication equipment and the length of
the lines.

Reference: Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250,

“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations” for
additional information about grease. This manual
may be found on the Web at Safety.Cat.com.
Table 91
Recommended Grease for the Autolube System

°C °F
Compartment or System Grease Type NLGI Grade
Min Min
Cat 3Moly Grease NLGI Grade 2 −18 0

NLGI Grade 2 −7 20
Cat Ultra 5Moly NLGI Grade 1 −18 0
Cat Autolube System
NLGI Grade 0 −29 −20
Cat Arctic Platinum NLGI Grade 0 −43 −45
Cat Desert Gold NLGI Grade 2 2 35
136 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Fluids Recommendations

Diesel Fuel Recommendations Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar

Machine Fluids Recommendations” for more details
Diesel fuel must meet “Caterpillar Specification for about fuels and lubricants. This manual may be
Distillate Fuel” and the latest versions of “ASTM found on the Web at Safety.Cat.com.
D975” or “EN 590” to ensure optimum engine
performance. Refer to Special Publication, Fuel Additives
SEBU6250, “Caterpillar Machine Fluids
Recommendations” for the latest fuel information and Cat Diesel Fuel Conditioner and Cat Fuel System
for Cat fuel specification. This manual may be found
on the Web at Safety.Cat.com. Cleaner are available for use when needed. These
products are applicable to diesel and biodiesel fuels.
The preferred fuels are distillate fuels. These fuels Consult your Cat dealer for availability.
are commonly called diesel fuel, furnace oil, gas oil,
or kerosene. These fuels must meet the “Caterpillar Biodiesel
Specification for Distillate Diesel Fuel for Off-
Highway Diesel Engines”. Diesel Fuels that meet the Biodiesel is a fuel that can be made from various
Caterpillar specification will help provide maximum renewable resources that include vegetable oils,
engine service life and performance. animal fat, and waste cooking oil. Soybean oil and
rapeseed oil are the primary vegetable oil sources.
Misfueling with fuels of high sulfur level can have To use any of these oils or fats as fuel, the oils or fats
the following negative effects: are chemically processed (esterified). The water and
contaminants are removed.
• Reduce engine efficiency and durability
U.S. distillate diesel fuel specification “ASTM D975-
• Increase the wear 09a” includes up to B5 (5 percent) biodiesel.
Currently, any diesel fuel in the U.S. may contain up
• Increase the corrosion to B5 biodiesel fuel.

• Increase the deposits European distillate diesel fuel specification “EN 590”
includes up to B5 (5 percent) and in some regions up
• Lower fuel economy to B7 (7 percent) biodiesel. Any diesel fuel in Europe
may contain up to B5 or in some regions up to B7
• Shorten the time period between oil drain intervals biodiesel fuel.
(more frequent oil drain intervals)
Note: Up to B20 biodiesel blend level is acceptable
• Increase overall operating costs for use in Medium Wheel Loader engines.

• Negatively impact engine emissions When biodiesel fuel is used, certain guidelines must
be followed. Biodiesel fuel can influence the engine
Failures that result from the use of improper fuels are oil, aftertreatment devices, non-metallic, fuel system
not Caterpillar factory defects. Therefore the cost of components, and others. Biodiesel fuel has limited
repairs would not be covered by a Caterpillar storage life and has limited oxidation stability. Follow
warranty. the guidelines and requirements for engines that are
seasonally operated and for standby power
Caterpillar does not require the use of ULSD in off generation engines.
road and machine applications that are not Tier 4/
Stage IIIB certified engines. ULSD is not required in To reduce the risks associated with the use of
engines that are not equipped with after treatment biodiesel, the final biodiesel blend and the biodiesel
devices. fuel used must meet specific blending requirements.

Follow operating instructions and fuel tank inlet All the guidelines and requirements are provided in
labels, if available, to ensure that the correct fuels are the latest revision of Special Publication, SEBU6250,
used. “Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations”. This
manual may be found on the Web at Safety.Cat.com.

Coolant Information
The information provided in this “Coolant
Recommendation” section should be used with the
“Lubricants Information” provided in the latest
revision of Special Publication, SEBU6250,
“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations”. This
manual may be found on the Web at Safety.Cat.com.
The following two types of coolants may be used in
Cat diesel engines:
SEBU8354-09 137
Maintenance Section
Capacities (Refill)

Preferred – Cat ELC (Extended Life Coolant) Table 94

Acceptable – Cat DEAC (Diesel Engine Antifreeze/ APPROXIMATE REFILL CAPACITIES 930H
Coolant) Compartment or Liters US Imperial
System Gallons Gallons

NOTICE Cooling System 42 11.1 9.2

Never use water alone as a coolant. Water alone is
corrosive at engine operating temperatures. In addi- Hydraulic Tank 70 18.5 15.4
tion, water alone does not provide adequate protec-
Fuel Tank 225 59.4 49.5
tion against boiling or freezing.
Engine Crankcase 16 4.2 3.5

Transmission 34.5 9.1 7.6

i03862872
Front Differential(1) 26.5 7.0 5.8
Capacities (Refill) Rear Differential(1) 25.5 6.7 5.6
SMCS Code: 7560 (1) Allow 0.5 L (0.53 Qt) for the addition of 1U-9891 Hydraulic Oil
Additive.
Table 92
APPROXIMATE REFILL CAPACITIES 924H and 924Hz i07445339

Compartment or Liters US Imperial

System Gallons Gallons S·O·S Information
Cooling System 42 11.1 9.2 SMCS Code: 1348; 1350; 3080; 4070; 4250; 4300;
5050; 7542
Hydraulic Tank 70 18.5 15.4
S·O·S Services is a highly recommended process for
Fuel Tank 225 59.4 49.5 Cat customers to use in order to minimize owning
Engine Crankcase 16 4.2 3.5 and operating cost. Customers provide oil samples,
coolant samples, and other machine information. The
Transmission 23 6.1 5.1 dealer uses the data in order to provide the customer
Front Differential(1) 21.5 5.7 4.7
with recommendations for management of the
equipment. In addition, S·O·S Services can help
Rear Differential(1) 21.5 5.7 4.7 determine the cause of an existing product problem.
(1) Allow 0.5 L (0.53 Qt) for the addition of 1U-9891 Hydraulic Oil Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar
Additive.
Machine Fluid Recommendations” for detailed
Table 93
information concerning S·O·S Services.

APPROXIMATE REFILL CAPACITIES 928Hz The effectiveness of S·O·S Services is dependent on

timely submission of the sample to the laboratory at
Compartment or Liters US Imperial recommended intervals.
System Gallons Gallons
Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Cooling System 42 11.1 9.2 “Maintenance Interval Schedule” for a specific
Hydraulic Tank 70 18.5 15.4
sampling location and a service hour maintenance
interval.
Fuel Tank 225 59.4 49.5
Consult your Cat dealer for complete information and
Engine Crankcase 16 4.2 3.5 assistance in establishing an S·O·S program for your
equipment.
Transmission 34 8.9 7.5
Front Differential(1) 21.5 5.7 4.7

Rear Differential(1) 21.5 5.7 4.7

(1) Allow 0.5 L (0.53 Qt) for the addition of 1U-9891 Hydraulic Oil
Additive.
138 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Maintenance Support

Maintenance Support
i07746333

Welding on Machines and

Engines with Electronic
Controls
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
Do not weld on any protective structure. If it is
necessary to repair a protective structure, contact
your Cat dealer.
Proper welding procedures are necessary to avoid
damage to the electronic controls and to the
bearings. When possible, remove the component
that must be welded from the machine or the engine
and then weld the component. If you must weld near
an electronic control on the machine or the engine,
temporarily remove the electronic control to prevent
heat related damage. The following steps should be
followed to weld on a machine or an engine with
electronic controls.
1. Turn off the engine. Place the engine start switch
in the OFF position.
2. If equipped, turn the battery disconnect switch to
the OFF position. If there is no battery disconnect
switch, remove the negative battery cable at the
battery.

NOTICE
Do NOT use electrical components (ECM or sensors)
or electronic component grounding points for ground-
ing the welder.

3. Clamp the ground cable from the welder to the

component that will be welded. Place the clamp as
close as possible to the weld. Make sure that the
electrical path from the ground cable to the
component does not go through any bearing. Use
this procedure to reduce the possibility of damage
to the following components:

• Bearings of the drive train

• Hydraulic components

• Electrical components

• Other components of the machine

4. Protect any wiring harnesses and components

from the debris and the spatter which is created
from welding.
5. Use standard welding procedures to weld the
materials together.
SEBU8354-09 139
Maintenance Section
Maintenance Interval Schedule

i08314929 “ Fuel System Primary Filter (Water Separator) -

Drain“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Maintenance Interval Schedule “ Fuel Tank Cap and Strainer - Clean“ . . . . . . . . . 169
SMCS Code: 7000
“ Fuel Tank Water and Sediment - Drain“ . . . . . . . 170
Ensure that all safety information, warnings, and
instructions are read and understood before any “ Fuses - Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
operation or any maintenance procedures are
“ Oil Filter - Inspect“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
performed.
“ Quick Coupler - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
The user is responsible for the performance of
maintenance. All adjustments, the use of proper “ Radiator Core - Clean“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
lubricants, fluids, filters, and the replacement of
components due to normal wear and aging are “ Ride Control Accumulator - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . 179
included. Failure to adhere to proper maintenance
intervals and procedures may result in diminished “ Window Washer Reservoir - Fill“ . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
performance of the product and/or accelerated wear
of components. “ Window Wipers - Inspect/Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . 187

Use mileage, fuel consumption, service hours, or Every 10 Service Hours or Daily
calendar time, WHICH EVER OCCURS FIRST, in
order to determine the maintenance intervals. “ Backup Alarm - Test“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Products that operate in severe operating conditions
may require more frequent maintenance. Refer to the “ Bucket Tips - Inspect/Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
maintenance procedure for any other exceptions that
may change the maintenance intervals. “ Cooling System Coolant Level - Check“. . . . . . . 153
Note: The aftertreatment system can be expected to “ Engine Oil Level - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
function properly for the useful life of the engine
(emissions durability period), as defined by “ Hydraulic System Oil Level - Check“ . . . . . . . . . 176
regulation. All prescribed maintenance requirements
must be followed. “ Seat Belt - Inspect“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Note: Before each consecutive interval is performed, “ Transmission Oil Level - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
all maintenance from the previous interval must be “ Windows - Clean“. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
performed.
Note: If Cat HYDO Advanced hydraulic oils are used, Every 50 Service Hours or Weekly
the hydraulic oil change interval is extended to 3000
hours. S·O·S services may extend the oil change “ Bucket Lower Pivot Bearings - Lubricate“ . . . . . 146
even longer. Consult your Cat dealer for details.
“ Cab Air Filter - Clean/Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
When Required “ Tire Inflation - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

“ Battery or Battery Cable - Inspect/Replace“. . . . 142 Every 100 Service Hours or 2

“ Bucket Cutting Edges - Inspect/Replace“ . . . . . 145 Weeks
“ Bucket Wear Plates - Inspect/Replace“ . . . . . . . 148 “ Axle Oscillation Bearings - Lubricate“. . . . . . . . . 141
“ Camera - Clean“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 “ Bucket Linkage and Loader Cylinder Bearings -
Lubricate“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
“ Engine Air Filter Primary Element - Clean/
Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 “ Steering Cylinder Bearings - Lubricate“ . . . . . . . 182
“ Engine Air Filter Secondary Element -
Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Every 250 Service Hours
“ Engine Air Precleaner - Clean“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 “ Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 1) -
Obtain“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
“ Ether Starting Aid Cylinder - Replace“ . . . . . . . . 167
“ Fuel System - Prime“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
140 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Maintenance Interval Schedule

“ Engine Oil Sample - Obtain“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 “ Hydraulic System Oil Filter - Replace“ . . . . . . . . 175

Every 250 Service Hours or Every 1000 Service Hours or 6

Monthly Months
“ Belts - Inspect/Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 “ Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) -
Inspect“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
“ Brake Accumulator - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
“ Transmission Oil - Change“. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
“ Braking System - Test“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
“ Drive Shaft Spline (Center) - Lubricate“ . . . . . . . 158 Every 2000 Service Hours or 1 Year
“ Drive Shaft Support Bearing - Lubricate“ . . . . . . 158 “ Axle Oil Cooler Screen - Clean/Replace“ . . . . . . 141
“ Differential and Final Drive Oil - Change“. . . . . . 156
Every 250 Service Hours or 3
Months “ Hydraulic Tank Breather - Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . 177

“ Steering Column Play - Check“. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Every 3000 Service Hours

Initial 500 Service Hours “ Cooling System Water Temperature Regulator -
Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
“ Engine Valve Lash - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
“ Hydraulic System Oil - Change“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Every 500 Service Hours
Every 3 Years
“ Differential and Final Drive Oil Level - Check“ . . 157
“ Seat Belt - Replace“. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
“ Differential and Final Drive Oil Sample -
Obtain“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Every 6000 Service Hours
“ Engine Crankcase Breather (Closed Circuit) -
Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 “ Hydraulic System Oil - Change“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

“ Engine Oil and Filter - Change“. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 “ Cooling System Coolant Extender (ELC) -
Add“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
“ Fuel System Primary Filter (Water Separator)
Element - Replace“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Every 12 000 Service Hours or 6
“ Fuel System Secondary Filter - Replace“. . . . . . 168 Years
“ Hydraulic System Oil Sample - Obtain“ . . . . . . . 177 “ Cooling System Coolant (ELC) - Change“ . . . . . 150
“ Transmission Oil Filter - Replace“. . . . . . . . . . . . 185
“ Transmission Oil Sample - Obtain“ . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Every 500 Service Hours or 1 Year

“ Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 2) -
Obtain“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Every 1000 Service Hours

“ Articulation Bearings - Lubricate“ . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
“ Engine Valve Lash - Check“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
SEBU8354-09 141
Maintenance Section
Articulation Bearings - Lubricate

i01698389

Articulation Bearings -
Lubricate
SMCS Code: 7057-086-BD; 7065-086-BD; 7066-
086-BD
Wipe the grease fittings before you lubricate the
grease fittings.

Illustration 124 g00916582

1. Make sure that there is no pressure in the lines for

the axle oil. Loosen the fitting on the hose and
drain the oil from the line into a suitable container.
Dispose of the oil properly.
2. Remove the screen from the rear of the axle
housing. Clean the screen in a clean,
nonflammable solvent.
Illustration 123 g00614530
3. Install the screen and the hose.
Apply lubricant to one grease fitting on the upper
pivot bearing (1). 4. Check for leaks. Make any necessary repairs.
Apply lubricant to one grease fitting on the lower pivot
i02814814
bearing (2).

i02154820
Axle Oscillation Bearings -
Lubricate
Axle Oil Cooler Screen - Clean/ SMCS Code: 3268-086-BD; 3278-086-BD
Replace
SMCS Code: 1365-510-Z3; 1365-070-Z3

Reference: For information about containing fluid

spillage, refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“General Hazard Information”.
Clean the screens after any maintenance on the
brake system.

Illustration 125 g00614728

924H and 924Hz
142 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Backup Alarm - Test

Illustration 126 g00904205

928Hz and 930H

Apply grease to the remote grease fittings for the

trunnion bearings. The grease fittings are located on
the left side of the machine near the articulation joint.

i01698523 Illustration 127 g01416250

Backup Alarm - Test 3. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF
position. Remove the battery disconnect switch
SMCS Code: 7406-081 key.
Turn the engine start switch key to ON in order to
perform the test.
Apply the service brake. Move the transmission
direction control lever to REVERSE position.
The backup alarm should immediately sound. The
backup alarm will continue to sound until the
transmission direction control lever is moved to the
NEUTRAL position or to the FORWARD position.
The backup alarm is mounted in the back of the
machine behind the rear grill.

i04096831

Battery or Battery Cable -

Inspect/Replace
SMCS Code: 1401-510; 1401-040; 1402-510; 1402-
040

1. Turn the engine start switch to the OFF position.

Turn all switches to the OFF position. Illustration 128 g01416255

2. Open the engine access door on the right side of 4. Remove the access panel for the battery on the
the machine. right side and on the left side of the machine.

NOTICE
Do not allow the disconnected battery cable to con-
tact the disconnect switch.

5. Disconnect the negative battery cable at the

battery.
SEBU8354-09 143
Maintenance Section
Belts - Inspect/Replace

6. At the battery disconnect switch, disconnect the 3. Close the engine access door.
negative battery cable that is connected to the
frame. i02828865

7. Perform the necessary repairs. Replace the cable

or the battery, as needed.
Brake Accumulator - Check
SMCS Code: 4263-535
8. Connect the battery cable at the battery disconnect
switch, if equipped. If the machine is not equipped
with a battery disconnect switch, connect the
negative cable to the frame.
9. Connect the negative battery cable at the battery.
Replace the battery cover.
10. Install the battery disconnect switch key. Turn the
battery disconnect switch to the ON position.

Recycle the Battery

Always recycle a battery. Never discard a battery.
Always return used batteries to one of the following
locations:
Illustration 129 g01411109
• A battery supplier
1. Turn the engine start switch to the ON position.
• An authorized battery collection facility The alert indicator for brake oil pressure should
come on if the braking system is not at normal
• Recycling facility
operating pressure.
i02816216 2. Start the engine. Run the engine at half speed for
two minutes in order to increase the accumulator
Belts - Inspect/Replace pressure. The alert indicator for brake oil pressure
SMCS Code: 1397-510; 1397-040 should go off.
3. Stop the engine. Apply the service brake pedal
Serpentine Belt and release the service brake pedal until the alert
indicator for brake oil pressure comes on. This will
1. Open the engine access door on the left side of the decrease the accumulator pressure. A minimum of
machine. five applications of the service brake pedal are
2. Inspect the condition of the serpentine belt. If the required.
belt is worn or frayed, replace the belt. 4. If the alert indicator comes on after less than five
applications of the brake, measure the
Note: The serpentine belt is the self-adjusting type.
accumulator precharge pressure. An authorized
There is no adjustment of the tension.
Caterpillar dealer can measure the nitrogen gas
pressure in the accumulator. Use only dry nitrogen
gas for recharging.
144 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Braking System - Test

i04909262 Refer to the Service Manual, KENR7607, “Service

Brake Discs - Check” for the requirements of the disc
Braking System - Test thickness.

SMCS Code: 4251-081; 4267-081 Secondary Brake Holding Ability

Service Brake Holding Ability Test Test
Check the area around the machine. Make sure that
the machine is clear of personnel and clear of
obstacles.
Personal injury can result if the machine moves Make sure that the steering frame lock link is in the
while testing. STORED position.
If the machine begins to move during test, reduce Test the brakes on a dry, level surface.
the engine speed immediately and engage the
parking brake. Fasten the seat belt before you test the brakes.

Check the area around the machine. Make sure that The following tests are used to determine if the
the machine is clear of personnel and clear of parking brake is functional. These tests are not
obstacles. intended to measure the maximum brake holding
effort. The brake holding effort that is required to
Make sure that the steering frame lock link is in the sustain a machine at a specific engine rpm varies
STORED position. depending on the machine. The variations are the
differences in the engine setting, in the power train
Test the brakes on a dry, level surface. efficiency, and in the brake holding ability.
Fasten the seat belt before you test the brakes. 1. Start the engine. Raise the bucket slightly.
The following tests are used to determine if the 2. Engage the parking brake.
service brake is functional. These tests are not
intended to measure the maximum brake holding 3. Move the transmission control lever to THIRD
effort. The brake holding effort that is required to SPEED FORWARD, to NEUTRAL, and back to
sustain a machine at a specific engine rpm varies THIRD SPEED FORWARD. This operation will
depending on the machine. The variations are the
differences in the engine setting, in the power train override the transmission neutralizer for this test.
efficiency, and in the brake holding ability. Note: The parking brake indicator light should come
1. Start the engine. Raise the bucket slightly. on and the parking brake alarm should sound.

2. Apply the service brake. Release the parking 4. Gradually increase the engine speed to high idle.
brake. The machine should not move.
3. Press the top of the transmission neutralizer
override switch.
4. Move the transmission control lever to THIRD If the machine begins to move, reduce the engine
SPEED FORWARD while the AUTO shift switch is speed immediately and apply the service brake
pedal.
in the OFF position.
5. Gradually increase the engine speed to high idle. 5. Reduce the engine speed. Move the transmission
The machine should not move. to NEUTRAL. Lower the blade to the ground. Stop
the engine.
6. Reduce the engine speed to low idle. Move the
transmission to NEUTRAL. Engage the parking
brake. Lower the blade to the ground. Stop the
engine.

NOTICE
If the machine moved while testing the brakes, con-
tact your Caterpillar dealer. Have the dealer inspect
and, if necessary, repair the service brake before re-
turning the machine to operation.
SEBU8354-09 145
Maintenance Section
Bucket Cutting Edges - Inspect/Replace

i02814805
NOTICE
If the machine moved while testing the brakes, con-
tact your Caterpillar dealer. Bucket Linkage and Loader
Have the dealer inspect and, if necessary, repair the Cylinder Bearings - Lubricate
parking brakes before returning the machine to SMCS Code: 5102-086-BD; 5104-086-BD; 6107-
operation. 086-BD

i01920076

Bucket Cutting Edges -

Inspect/Replace
SMCS Code: 6801-510; 6801-040

Personal injury or death can result from bucket

falling.
Block the bucket before changing bucket cutting
edges.
Illustration 130 g00873076
Z-Bar
1. Raise the bucket. Place a block under the bucket.
2. Lower the bucket to the blocking.
Do not block up the bucket too high. Block up the
bucket so that the bucket is high enough to
remove the cutting edges and the end bits.
3. Remove the bolts. Remove the cutting edge and
the end bits.
4. Clean the contact surfaces.
5. Use the opposite side of the cutting edge, if this
side is not worn.
6. Install a new cutting edge, if both edges are worn.
7. Install the bolts. Tighten the bolts to the specified
torque.
8. Raise the bucket. Remove the blocks.
9. Lower the bucket to the ground.
10. After a few hours of operation, check the bolts for
proper torque. Illustration 131 g00930756
VersaLink
Grease fittings (1), (2), (3), and (4) are greased at the
remote grease fitting on the left side of the front
frame.
Wipe off the fittings before you apply any lubricant.
Apply lubricant to the grease fittings. The grease
fittings are located on each side of the bucket and
loader linkage.
146 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Bucket Lower Pivot Bearings - Lubricate

Note: The lower bucket pivot bearing needs to be i03657242

greased at every 50 hour interval.
Bucket Tips - Inspect/Replace
i02814823
SMCS Code: 6805-510; 6805-040
Bucket Lower Pivot Bearings -
Lubricate
SMCS Code: 6101-086-BD; 6107-086-BD Personal injury or death can result from the buck-
et falling.
Block the bucket before changing bucket tips.

Bucket Tips

Illustration 132 g00891053

Z-Bar

Illustration 134 g00101352

(1) Usable
(2) Replace the tip.
(3) Replace the tip.

Check the bucket tips for wear. If the bucket tip has a
hole, replace the bucket tip.
1. Remove the pin from the bucket tip. The pin can be
removed by one of the following methods.

• Use a hammer and a punch from the retainer

side of the bucket to drive out the pin.

• Use a Pin-Master. Follow Step 1a through Step

1c for the procedure.

Illustration 133 g00891056

VersaLink

Wipe off the fittings before you apply any lubricant.

Apply lubricant to the grease fittings. The grease
fittings are located on both sides of the bucket.
SEBU8354-09 147
Maintenance Section
Bucket Tips - Inspect/Replace

Illustration 135 g00590670

Illustration 137 g00101359
(4) Back of Pin-Master
(5) Extractor
4. Install the new bucket tip onto the adapter.
a. Place the Pin-Master on the bucket tooth. Note: The bucket tip can be rotated by 180 degrees
b. Align extractor (5) with the pin. in order to allow greater penetration or less
penetration.
c. Strike the Pin-Master at the back of the tool (4)
and remove the pin. 5. Drive the pin through the bucket tip. The pin can be
installed by using one of the following methods:

• From the other side of the retainer, drive the pin

through the bucket tip, the adapter, and the
retainer.

• Use a Pin-Master. Follow Step 5a through Step

5e for the procedure.

Note: To correctly install the pin into the retainer, the

pin must be driven in from the right side of the tooth.
Improper installation of the pin can result in the loss
of the bucket tip.

Illustration 136 g00590819

(6) Retainer
(7) Retaining washer
(8) Adapter

2. Clean the adapter and the pin.

3. Fit retainer (6) into retaining washer (7). Install this
assembly into the groove that is in the side of
adapter (8).

Illustration 138 g00590666

(4) Back of Pin-Master
(9) Pin setter
(10) Pin holder

a. Insert the pin through the bucket tooth.

b. Place the Pin-Master over the bucket tooth and
locate the pin in the hole of holder (10).
148 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Bucket Wear Plates - Inspect/Replace

c. Strike the tool with a hammer at the back of the 3. Remove bucket tip (4) from adapter (6) with a
tool (4) in order to start the pin. slight counterclockwise rotation.
d. Slide pin holder (10) away from the pin and 4. Clean adapter (6).
rotate the tool slightly in order to align pin setter
(9) with the pin. Installation
e. Strike the end of the tool until the pin is fully 1. Clean the adapter and the area around the latch, if
inserted. necessary.
6. After you drive the pin, make sure that the retainer 2. Install the new bucket tip onto the adapter with a
fits snugly into the pin groove. slight clockwise rotation.

K-Series Tip
Removal

Illustration 141 g01124736

3. Install the retainer. Make sure that the retainer's

latch catches under the tip pocket.
Illustration 139 g01389463
4. Make sure that the latch is properly seated by
Note: Retainers are often damaged during the trying to remove the bucket tip.
removal process. Caterpillar recommends the
installation of a new retainer when bucket tips are i02003771
rotated or replaced.
Bucket Wear Plates - Inspect/
Replace
SMCS Code: 6120-040; 6120-510

Personal injury or death can result from falling

bucket.
When working under or around the bucket or link-
age, with the bucket raised, proper support must
be provided for the bucket and/or the linkage.
Replace the wear plates before damage to the
bottom of the bucket occurs.
Illustration 140 g01175361
1. Raise the bucket and block up the bucket.
1. Use a pry bar in order to disengage retainer (5). 2. Loosen bolts and remove wear plates.
2. Use the pry bar in order to remove retainer (5) from 3. Install new wear plates. Tighten the bolts to the
bucket tip (4). specified torque.
SEBU8354-09 149
Maintenance Section
Cab Air Filter - Clean/Replace

Reference: For more information, refer to

Specifications, SENR3130, “Torque Specifications”.

i01699420

Cab Air Filter - Clean/Replace

SMCS Code: 7342-070; 7342-510

Clean Filters
Note: Clean the filter elements more often in dusty
conditions. If there is a noticeable reduction in the
airflow from the air vents, check the filter elements.

Illustration 143 g00447093

5. Remove the filter cover and filter elements. The

filter elements are located near the left side of the
operator seat.

Note: Raise the operator seat in order to remove the

filter elements.

6. Clean the filter elements with compressed air. You

can also wash the filter elements with a solution of
warm water and of a nonsudsing household
detergent.
7. Rinse the filter elements in clean water. Air dry the
Illustration 142 g00614999 filter elements thoroughly.
8. Replace any filter elements that are worn or
1. Remove the filter cover. The filter cover is located
damaged.
on the left side of the operator compartment under
the steps. 9. Face the seal toward the parking brake lever when
you install the filter element.
2. Remove the filter elements. Clean the filter
elements with compressed air. You can also wash
i02816405
the filter elements with a solution of warm water
and of a nonsudsing household detergent.
Camera - Clean
Do not wash the filter elements while the filter
elements are installed on the machine.
(If Equipped)
SMCS Code: 7348-070
3. Rinse the filter elements in clean water. Air dry the
filter elements thoroughly. In order to maintain sufficient vision, keep the Work
Area Vision System (WAVS) camera lens and the
4. Install the filter elements and replace the cover. display clean.
150 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Cooling System Coolant (ELC) - Change

Display Note: For more information on WAVS, refer to

Operation and Maintenance Manual, SEBU8157,
“Work Area Vision System”.

i03739601

Cooling System Coolant (ELC)

- Change
SMCS Code: 1350-044-NL

Pressurized system: Hot coolant can cause seri-

ous burn. To open cap, stop engine, wait until ra-
diator is cool. Then loosen cap slowly to relieve
the pressure.
Illustration 144 g01223034
WAVS display
NOTICE
Use a soft, damp cloth in order to clean the display. Mixing ELC with other products will reduce the effec-
The display has a soft plastic surface that can be tiveness of the coolant.
easily damaged by an abrasive material. The display
is not sealed. Do not immerse the display with This could result in damage to cooling system
liquid. components.
If Caterpillar products are not available and commer-
Camera cial products must be used, make sure they have
passed the Caterpillar EC-1 specification for pre-
mixed or concentrate coolants and Caterpillar
Extender.

Note: This machine is shipped with Extended Life

Coolant. Extended Life Coolant is recommended for
use.
Drain the coolant whenever the coolant is dirty. Drain
the coolant whenever the coolant starts to foam.

Illustration 145 g01223051

The WAVS camera is located on the rear of the
machine in the center of the fan guard.

Use a damp cloth or water spray in order to clean the

camera lens. The camera is a sealed unit. The
camera is not affected by high pressure spray.
The camera is equipped with an internal heater to
help counteract the effects of condensation, snow, or
ice.
SEBU8354-09 151
Maintenance Section
Cooling System Coolant (ELC) - Change

Illustration 148 g00921568

4. The drain valve is located on the bottom left corner

of the radiator. Open the drain valve. Allow the
coolant to drain into a suitable container.

Illustration 146 g01416397

5. Close the drain valve. Fill the system with a
solution which consists of clean water and of
The overflow tank is located under the access panel cooling system cleaner. The concentration of the
on the top of the engine compartment. Use the steps cooling system cleaner in the solution should be
and the handholds on the right side of the machine in between 6 percent and 10 percent.
order to reach the access panel.
6. Start the engine. Run the engine for 90 minutes.
1. Open the access panel on the top of the engine Stop the engine. Drain the cleaning solution into a
compartment. suitable container.
2. Slowly lift the tab on the cap for the overflow tank 7. While the engine is stopped, flush the system with
in order to relieve system pressure. Remove the water. Flush the system until the draining water is
cap for the overflow tank. transparent.
8. Close the drain valve.
9. Add the coolant solution. See the following topics:

• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Cooling

System Specifications”

• Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Refill

Capacities”
Note: If you are using Caterpillar antifreeze, do not
add the supplemental coolant additive at this time.

10. Start the engine. Run the engine without the cap
for the overflow tank until the thermostat opens
Illustration 147 g00921567 and the coolant level stabilizes.

3. Open the access doors on both sides of the engine

compartment. Remove five bolts (1). Remove
plate (2).
152 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Cooling System Coolant Extender (ELC) - Add

Flushing the Extended Life Coolant

From the Cooling System
Some engines utilize Extended Life Coolant. See the
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Maintenance
Interval Schedule” in order to determine the service
interval. If a Extended Life Coolant was previously
used, flush the cooling system with clean water. No
other cleaning agents are required.

Flushing a Standard Coolant From

the Cooling System
If you change the coolant of a machine to Extended
Life Coolant from another type of coolant, use a
Caterpillar cleaning agent to flush the cooling system.
After you drain the cooling system, thoroughly flush
the cooling system with clean water. All of the
cleaning agent must be removed from the cooling
system.

Illustration 149 g01416399 i08314857

11. Maintain the coolant level between the ADD and Cooling System Coolant
FULL marks on the overflow tank. Extender (ELC) - Add
12. Install the cap for the overflow tank. SMCS Code: 1352-544-NL
13. Stop the engine.
14. Replace the access panel. Close the access
door. Personal injury can result from hot coolant,
steam and alkali.
At operating temperature, engine coolant is hot
and under pressure. The radiator and all lines to
heaters or the engine contain hot coolant or
steam. Any contact can cause severe burns.
Remove cooling system pressure cap slowly to
relieve pressure only when engine is stopped and
cooling system pressure cap is cool enough to
touch with your bare hand.
Do not attempt to tighten hose connections when
the coolant is hot, the hose can come off causing
burns.
Cooling System Coolant Additive contains alkali.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
SEBU8354-09 153
Maintenance Section
Cooling System Coolant Level - Check

i02839787
NOTICE
Mixing ELC with other products will reduce the effec-
tiveness of the coolant. Cooling System Coolant Level
This could result in damage to cooling system - Check
components. SMCS Code: 1350-535-FLV
If Caterpillar products are not available and commer-
cial products must be used, make sure they have
passed the Caterpillar EC-1 specification for pre-
mixed or concentrate coolants and Caterpillar Pressurized system: Hot coolant can cause seri-
Extender. ous burn. To open cap, stop engine, wait until ra-
diator is cool. Then loosen cap slowly to relieve
When a Caterpillar Extended Life Coolant is used, an the pressure.
extender must be added to the cooling system. See
the Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Maintenance Interval Schedule for the proper service NOTICE
interval. The amount of extender is determined by the Excessive additive (greater than the recommended
cooling system capacity. 6% initial fill) together with concentrations of anti-
Table 95 freeze greater than 60% cause deposits to form and
can result in radiator tube blockage and overheating.
RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF EXTENDER BY COOLING
SYSTEM CAPACITY
Cooling System Capacity Recommended Amount of 1. Open the engine access panel on the right side of
Extender the machine.
42 L (11.1 US gal) 0.6 L (0.6 qt)

Use Caterpillar Extended Life Coolant (ELC) when

you add coolant to the cooling system.
Reference: Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250,
“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations” for all
cooling system requirements.
1. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool.
2. Remove the cooling system pressure cap slowly to
relieve the pressure.
3. Use a Coolant Conditioner Test Kit to check the
concentration of the coolant.
Note: It may be necessary to drain some coolant
from the radiator so that Caterpillar Extender can be
added to the cooling system.
Note: Discard drained fluids according to local
regulations.
Illustration 150 g01416399
4. Add Caterpillar Extended Life Coolant (ELC) to the
cooling system. 2. Maintain the coolant level between the ADD and
the FULL marks on the overflow tank when the
5. Install the cooling system pressure cap.
cooling system is cool.
Note: Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“General Hazard Information” for information on
containing fluid spillage.
154 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 1) - Obtain

Note: Level 1 results may indicate a need for

Level 2 Analysis.

Reference: See Operation and Maintenance

Manual, “Cooling System Level - Check” in order to
access the overflow tank for coolant sample.
Obtain the sample of the coolant as close as possible
to the recommended sampling interval. In order to
receive the full effect of S·O·S analysis, you must
establish a consistent trend of data. In order to
establish a pertinent history of data, perform
consistent samplings that are evenly spaced.
Supplies for collecting samples can be obtained from
your Caterpillar dealer.
Use the following guidelines for proper sampling of
the coolant:
• Complete the information on the label for the
sampling bottle before you begin to take the
samples.

Illustration 151 g01416397

• Keep the unused sampling bottles stored in plastic
bags.
3. Open the access panel on the top of the engine • Obtain coolant samples directly from the coolant
compartment. sample port. You should not obtain the samples
4. If additional coolant is necessary, remove the cap from any other location.
on the overflow tank and add the appropriate • Keep the lids on empty sampling bottles until you
coolant mixture. If you need to add coolant daily, are ready to collect the sample.
check the cooling system for leaks.
• Place the sample in the mailing tube immediately
5. Install the cap for the overflow tank. Close the after obtaining the sample in order to avoid
cover on top of the engine compartment. contamination.
6. Close the engine compartment.
• Never collect samples from expansion bottles.
i02161416 • Never collect samples from the drain for a system.

Cooling System Coolant Submit the sample for Level 1 analysis. Level 1
analysis is a test of the properties of the coolant.
Sample (Level 1) - Obtain
For additional information about coolant analysis, see
SMCS Code: 1350-008; 1395-008; 7542 Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar Machine
Fluids Recommendations” or consult your Caterpillar
NOTICE dealer.
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product.
Be prepared to collect the fluid with suitable contain-
ers before opening any compartment or disassem-
bling any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations
and mandates.
SEBU8354-09 155
Maintenance Section
Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 2) - Obtain

i02161468 The thermostat should be replaced after the cooling

system has been cleaned. Replace the thermostat
Cooling System Coolant while the cooling system is completely drained or
while the cooling system coolant is drained to a level
Sample (Level 2) - Obtain that is below the thermostat housing.
SMCS Code: 1350-008; 1395-008; 7542 Note: If you are only replacing the thermostat, drain
the cooling system coolant to a level that is below the
NOTICE thermostat housing.
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte- Caterpillar engines incorporate a shunt design
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. cooling system. It is mandatory to always operate the
Be prepared to collect the fluid with suitable contain- engine with a thermostat.
ers before opening any compartment or disassem-
bling any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations
and mandates.

Reference: See Operation and Maintenance

Manual, “Cooling System Level - Check” in order to
access the overflow tank for coolant sample.
Obtain the sample of the coolant as close as possible
to the recommended sampling interval. Supplies for Illustration 152 g00615827
collecting samples can be obtained from your
Caterpillar dealer.
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 1) - Obtain”
for the guidelines for proper sampling of the coolant.
Submit the sample for Level 2 analysis. The Level 2
analysis is a comprehensive chemical evaluation of
the coolant. This analysis is also a check of the
overall condition of the inside of the cooling system.
Reference: For additional information about coolant
analysis, refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250,
“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations” or
consult your Caterpillar dealer.

i01128785 Illustration 153 g00615829

Cooling System Water 1. Loosen the hose clamp and remove the hose from
Temperature Regulator - the thermostat housing assembly.
Replace 2. Remove the bolts from the thermostat housing
assembly. Remove the thermostat housing
SMCS Code: 1355-510; 1393-010
assembly.
Replace the thermostat on a regular basis in order to
3. Remove the gasket, the thermostat, and the seal
reduce the chance of unscheduled downtime and of
problems with the cooling system. Failure to replace from the thermostat housing assembly.
the engine's thermostat on a regularly scheduled
basis could cause severe engine damage. 4. Install a new seal in the thermostat housing
assembly. Install a new thermostat and a new
gasket. Install the thermostat housing assembly
on the engine cylinder head.
156 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Differential and Final Drive Oil - Change

The thermostats can be reused under the

following conditions.

• The thermostat is tested and the thermostat

meets test specifications.

• The thermostat is not damaged.

• The thermostat does not have excessive

buildup of deposits.

5. Install the hose. Tighten the hose clamp.

6. Refill the cooling system. See Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Cooling System
Specifications” and Operation and Maintenance Illustration 154 g00615911
Manual, “Refill Capacities”.

i05084109

Differential and Final Drive Oil

- Change
SMCS Code: 3278-044; 4011-044
Wipe the covers and surfaces around openings
before you check the oil. Wipe the covers and
surfaces around openings before you add oil.

Illustration 155 g00615871

1. Remove the drain plugs for the front differential (1)

and for the rear differential (2). Allow the oil to
drain into a suitable container.
2. Clean the drain plugs and install the drain plugs.

Illustration 156 g00615872

3. Remove the dipstick/fill plug for the front

differential and remove the dipstick/fill plug for the
rear differential.
SEBU8354-09 157
Maintenance Section
Differential and Final Drive Oil Level - Check

4. Add 0.5 L (.53 qt) of 1U-9891 or 9X-2037

Hydraulic Oil Additive to each axle.
5. Fill the axles with oil. Maintain the oil between the
“ADD” mark and the “FULL” mark on the dipstick/
fill plug of each differential. See Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Lubricant Viscosities” and
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Refill
Capacities”.

Note: Install the dipstick/fill plug completely before

you check the oil level. If the dipstick/fill plug is not
installed completely, an incorrect oil level reading can
occur.

6. Replace the dipstick/fill plugs for each differential. Illustration 158 g00615943
Operate the machine for a few minutes and allow
the oil to flow completely through the axles. 3. Remove the dipstick/fill plug for the rear
Remove the dipstick/fill plugs and recheck the oil differential. Check the oil level.
level. Add oil, if necessary.
4. Maintain the oil level between the “ADD” mark and
7. Clean the dipstick/fill plugs and install the dipstick/ the “FULL” mark on the dipstick/fill plug. Add oil, if
fill plugs for each differential. necessary. Replace the dipstick/fill plug.

i02310335 i02091494

Differential and Final Drive Oil Differential and Final Drive Oil
Level - Check Sample - Obtain
SMCS Code: 3278-535-FLV; 4011-535-FLV SMCS Code: 3278-008; 4011-008; 4070-008; 7542
Before you measure the oil level, operate the
machine for a few minutes. This will allow all of the oil NOTICE
to reach a common level. Always use a designated pump for oil sampling, and
use a separate designated pump for coolant sam-
Park the machine on level ground. Lower the bucket pling. Using the same pump for both types of sam-
and apply slight downward pressure. Engage the ples may contaminate the samples that are being
parking brake. Stop the engine. drawn. This contaminate may cause a false analysis
and an incorrect interpretation that could lead to con-
cerns by both dealers and customers.

Illustration 157 g00615872

1. Remove the dipstick/fill plug for the front

differential. Check the oil level. Illustration 159 g00614039
2. Maintain the oil level between the “ADD” mark and
In order to obtain a sample of the differential and final
the “FULL” mark on the dipstick/fill plug. Add oil, if drive oil, remove the filler plug. Withdraw the oil
necessary. Replace the dipstick/fill plug. through the filler opening.
158 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Drive Shaft Spline (Center) - Lubricate

Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar i02814810

Machine Fluids Recommendations” “S·O·S Oil
Analysis” for information that pertains to obtaining an
oil sample. Refer to Special Publication, PEHP6001,
Drive Shaft Support Bearing -
“How To Take A Good Oil Sample” for more Lubricate
information about obtaining an oil sample.
SMCS Code: 3267-086-BD
i01700983 Wipe the grease fitting before you lubricate the
grease fitting.
Drive Shaft Spline (Center) -
Lubricate
SMCS Code: 3253-086-SN
Wipe the grease fitting before you lubricate the
grease fitting.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seal, fully articulate the ma-
chine to the right or to the left, before lubricating the
spline.

1. Start the engine. Raise the bucket. Release the

parking brake. Fully articulate the machine to the
Illustration 161 g00616283
left or to the right.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground. Engage the
parking brake. Stop the engine.

Illustration 162 g00909201

924H and 924Hz
Illustration 160 g00616221

3. Apply lubricant to the grease fitting that is on the

drive shaft spline.
4. Start the engine. Raise the bucket. Release the
parking brake. Articulate the machine until the
machine is straight.
5. Lower the bucket until the bucket exerts a slight
downward pressure on the ground. Stop the
engine. Engage the parking brake.

Illustration 163 g00616286

928Hz and 930H
SEBU8354-09 159
Maintenance Section
Engine Air Filter Primary Element - Clean/Replace

Apply lubricant to the grease fitting that is on the

drive shaft support bearing.

i04662871

Engine Air Filter Primary

Element - Clean/Replace
SMCS Code: 1054-510-PY; 1054-070-PY
The primary air filter element is located in the engine
compartment.

NOTICE
Never service the air cleaner when the engine is run-
ning, to avoid engine damage. Illustration 164 g00101864

1. Remove the air cleaner housing cover (1).

NOTICE
Caterpillar recommends certified air filter cleaning 2. Remove the primary filter element (2) from the air
services that are available at Cat dealers. The Cat cleaner housing.
cleaning process uses proven procedures to assure
consistent quality and sufficient filter life. When you use pressure air, the maximum air
pressure is 207 kPa (30 psi).
Observe the following guidelines if you attempt to
clean the filter element: a. When you clean the inside pleats and the
Do not tap or strike the filter element in order to re- outside pleats, direct the air along the pleats.
move dust. b. Inspect the filter elements after you clean the
Do not wash the filter element. filter elements. Do not use a filter if the pleats,
the gaskets, or the seals are damaged.
Use low pressure compressed air in order to remove
the dust from the filter element. Air pressure must not Note: Replace the primary element after the
exceed 207 kPa (30 psi). Direct the air flow up the primary element has been cleaned six times. Also
pleats and down the pleats from the inside of the filter replace the primary element if the primary element
element. Take extreme care in order to avoid damage has been in service for 1 year.
to the pleats.
Do not use air filters with damaged pleats, gaskets, 3. Install a clean filter element and install the cover.
or seals. Dirt entering the engine will cause damage
to engine components. Alternator Guard and Filter (If
Equipped)
Service the air cleaner filter element when the
indicator light comes on. Refer to Operation and If your machine is equipped with the heavy-duty
Maintenance Manual, “Alert Indicators” for alternator, perform the following procedure.
information about the alert indicator.
160 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Engine Air Filter Secondary Element - Replace

Illustration 166 g00101864

2. Remove the air cleaner housing cover (1).

3. Remove the primary filter element (2) from the air
cleaner housing.
Illustration 165 g02346203

At the same time that the primary filter element is

cleaned, check and clean the alternator filter. Visibly
inspect cover and filter to determine if excessive
debris buildup has occurred. Remove the three
fasteners holding the cover to the alternator. Remove
the filter and clean or replace as needed. Clean
debris buildup from the cover. Insert the filter and
install the cover and filter with the original fasteners.
Torque the bolts to 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m (1.8 ± 0.4 lb ft).
Note: If the turbo hose is removed, keep the area
clean. Ensure that all hoses and clamps are properly
installed before operating the engine.

i02839331 Illustration 167 g00038606

Engine Air Filter Secondary 4. Remove the secondary filter element.

Element - Replace
SMCS Code: 1054-510-SE

NOTICE
Always replace the secondary filter element. Never
attempt to reuse the secondary filter element by
cleaning the element.
When the primary filter element is replaced, the sec-
ondary filter element should be replaced.
The secondary filter element should also be replaced
if the restricted Air Filter indicator comes on after the
installation of a clean primary filter element or if the
exhaust smoke is still black.
Illustration 168 g00101865

1. Open the engine access door on the right side of

the machine. 5. Cover the air inlet opening. Clean the inside of the
air cleaner housing.
SEBU8354-09 161
Maintenance Section
Engine Air Precleaner - Clean

6. Inspect the gasket between the air inlet pipe and

the air cleaner housing. Replace the gasket if the
gasket is damaged.
7. Uncover the air inlet opening. Install a new
secondary element.
8. Install the primary element and the air cleaner
housing cover. Fasten the clips in order to secure
the air cleaner housing cover.
9. Close the engine access door.

i03001668

Engine Air Precleaner - Clean

(If Equipped)
SMCS Code: 1055-070

Illustration 170 g01521425

2. Loosen the wing nut on the cover and remove the

cover.
3. Empty the precleaner bowl. Wash the precleaner
bowl and wash the cover.
4. Install the precleaner bowl and install the cover.
Tighten the wing nut until the wing nut is only
finger tight. Do not use a tool to tighten the wing
nut.

Illustration 169 g01521423

Use the ladder and the platform in order to access

the precleaner bowl. The ladder and the platform are
located on the right side of the machine.
1. Empty the precleaner bowl whenever the dirt
reaches the “FULL” mark.
162 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Engine Crankcase Breather (Closed Circuit) - Replace

i04571790 2. Turn the cover (1) for the filter housing

counterclockwise for one quarter of a turn in order
Engine Crankcase Breather to remove the cover.
(Closed Circuit) - Replace 3. Remove the filter element (4) by pulling the filter
SMCS Code: 1317-510-FQ element out of the housing (5).
4. Clean the inside of the housing for the breather (5).
5. Lubricate the O-ring (3) with clean engine oil. If
necessary, fit a new O-ring (3) to the housing for
the breather.
6. Install a new filter element (4).
7. Install the cover (1) for the filter housing and turn
one quarter of a turn clockwise in order to lock the
cover in place.
8. Close all access covers.

i02830922

Engine Oil Level - Check

SMCS Code: 1000-535-FLV

NOTICE
Do not overfill the crankcase. Engine damage can
result.
Illustration 171 g01300560

1. Open the engine access door on the right side of

the machine.

Illustration 172 g00927676

(1) Breather Cap
(2) O-Ring Illustration 173 g01412248
(3) O-Ring for the Breather Element
(4) Breather Element (1) Oil Filler Cap
(5) Housing for the Breather (2) Dipstick
(3) Oil Filter
(4) Oil Separator Filter
1. Open the engine access door that is located on the
right side of the machine.
SEBU8354-09 163
Maintenance Section
Engine Oil Sample - Obtain

2. While the engine is stopped, maintain the oil level i03878977

in the crosshatched region of the engine oil
dipstick (1). Engine Oil and Filter - Change
3. If necessary, remove the oil filler plug and add oil. SMCS Code: 1318-510
4. Clean the oil filler plug and install the oil filler plug.
Selection of the Oil Change Interval
5. Close the engine access door.
NOTICE
i02979423 A 500 hour engine oil change interval is available,
provided that the operating conditions and recom-
Engine Oil Sample - Obtain mended multigrade oil types are met. When these re-
quirements are not met, shorten the oil change
SMCS Code: 1348-008; 7542 interval to 250 hours, or use an S·O·S Services oil
sampling and analysis program to determine an ac-
ceptable oil change interval.
If you select an interval for oil and filter change that is
too long, you may damage the engine.
The normal engine oil change interval is listed in this
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Maintenance
Interval Schedule”.
Abnormally harsh operating cycles or harsh
environments can shorten the service life of the
engine oil. Arctic temperatures, corrosive
environments, or extremely dusty conditions may
require a reduction in engine oil change intervals.
Also refer to Special Publication, SEBU5898, “Cold
Weather Recommendations for All Caterpillar
Machines”. Poor maintenance of air filters or of fuel
filters requires reduced oil change intervals. Consult
your Caterpillar dealer for more information if this
product will experience abnormally harsh operating
cycles or harsh environments.

Adjustment of the Oil Change Interval

Illustration 174 g01507256
Note: Your Caterpillar dealer has additional
Oil Sample Port
information on these programs.
Use the sampling valve in order to obtain a sample of Cat oil filters are recommended.
the engine oil. The engine must be running in order to
take a sample of the engine oil. Program A
Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar
Verification for an Oil Change Interval of 500 Hours
Machine Fluids Recommendations” “S·O·S Oil
Analysis” for information that pertains to obtaining an
This program consists of three oil change intervals of
oil sample. Refer to Special Publication, PEHP6001,
500 hours. Oil sampling and analysis is done at 250
“How To Take A Good Oil Sample” for more
hours and 500 hours for each of the three intervals
information about obtaining an oil sample. for a total of six oil samples. The analysis includes oil
viscosity and infrared (IR) analysis of the oil. If all of
the results are satisfactory, the 500 hour oil change
interval is acceptable for the machine in that
application. Repeat Program A if you change the
application of the machine.
If a sample does not pass the oil analysis, take one of
these actions:
• Shorten the oil change interval to 250 hours.

• Proceed to Program B.
164 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Engine Oil and Filter - Change

• Change to a preferred oil type in the “Lubricant Reference: Special Publication, PEDP7076,
Viscosities for Ambient Temperatures” Table in this “Understanding the S·O·S Oil Analysis Tests”
Operation and Maintenance Manual

Program B
Drain the Oil
Optimizing Oil Change Intervals Method with Drain Hoses (If Equipped)
Begin with a 250 hour oil change interval. The oil
change intervals are adjusted by increments. Each
increment is an additional 50 hours. Periodic oil
sampling and analysis is done during each interval.
The analysis includes oil viscosity and infrared (IR)
analysis of the oil. Repeat Program B if you change
the application of the machine.
If an oil sample does not pass the analysis, shorten
the oil change interval, or change to a preferred
multigrade oil type in the listing above.
References

Reference: Special Publication, SEBU6250,

“Caterpillar Machine Fluids Recommendations”

Reference: Special Publication, SEBU5898, “Cold

Weather Recommendations for All Caterpillar
Machines”

Reference: Special Publication, PEDP7035,

“Optimizing Oil Change Intervals”
Illustration 175 g01507438
Reference: Special Publication, PEDP7036, “S·O·S (8) Bolts
Fluid Analysis” (9) Access Panel for the Oil Drain Valve
SEBU8354-09 165
Maintenance Section
Engine Oil and Filter - Change

11. Swing the access panel back into the closed

position.
12. Tighten the bolts on the access panel.
13. Close the drain on the oil filter base.
14. Install the plugs in each hose.

Method Without Drain Hoses

Illustration 176 g01506895

(1) Oil Filler Cap
(2) Dipstick
(3) Oil Filter
(4) Oil Separator Filter Illustration 177 g01412276
(5) Drain Valve on the Oil Filter
(6) Oil Drain Valve The crankcase drain is on the right side of the oil pan.
(7) Plugs
1. Open the crankcase drain and drain the oil into a
The crankcase drain is on the right side of the oil pan. suitable container. Install the plug into the oil pan.
1. Open the engine access door on the right side of
the machine. Install New Filters
2. Loosen the two bolts on the access panel for the 1. Open the access door on the right side of the
oil drain valve on the right side of the machine. machine.
3. Swing the access panel open.
4. Remove the plastic plug in the bottom of the drain
hose for the crankcase.
5. Remove the plastic plug in the bottom of the hose
for the drain for the oil filter.
6. Place the ends of the hoses into a suitable
container.
7. Open the crankcase drain.
8. Open the drain on the oil filter base.
9. Allow the oil to drain completely from the engine.
10. Close the crankcase drain.
166 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Engine Valve Lash - Check

Note: You may need to use a Cat strap wrench, or

another suitable tool, in order to turn the filter to the
amount that is required for final installation. Make
sure that the installation tool does not damage the
filter.

Oil Separator Filter (Crankcase

Breather)
Use the same procedure in order to replace the Oil
Separator Filter. This filter must be replaced at the
same time as the engine oil filter.

Fill with Oil

1. Remove the oil filler plug. Fill the crankcase with
new oil. See Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“Lubricant Viscosities” and Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Refill Capacities”. Clean
the oil filler plug and install the oil filler plug.
Illustration 178 g01412248 2. Start the engine and allow the oil to warm. Check
(1) Oil Filler Cap for leaks.
(2) Dipstick
(3) Oil Filter 3. Stop the engine and allow the oil to drain back into
(4) Oil Separator Filter
the oil pan. Maintain the oil level in the
crosshatched region of the engine oil dipstick. Add
2. Remove the filter element with a strap type
oil, if necessary.
wrench. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Oil Filter - Inspect”. 4. Close the engine access doors.
3. Clean the filter mounting base with a clean cloth.
i03854660
Make sure that the old filter gasket has been
removed.
Engine Valve Lash - Check
Note: Cat filters are designed to ensure a ready SMCS Code: 1105-535
supply of oil with every engine start. Use of approved
Cat filters is recommended on this machine. Refer to the Service Manual for the complete
adjustment procedure for the engine valve lash.
4. Apply a thin film of clean engine oil to the sealing
surface of the new filter element. A qualified mechanic should adjust the engine valve
lash because special tools and training are required.
5. Install a new engine oil filter hand tight until the
seal of the engine oil filter contacts the base. Note
the position of the index marks on the filter in
relation to a fixed point on the filter base.
Note: There are rotation index marks on the engine
oil filter that are spaced 90 degrees or 1/4 of a turn
away from each other. When you tighten the engine
oil filter, use the rotation index marks as a guide.

6. Tighten the filter according to the instructions that

are printed on the filter. Use the index marks as a
guide. For non-Caterpillar filters, use the
instructions that are provided with the filter.
SEBU8354-09 167
Maintenance Section
Ether Starting Aid Cylinder - Replace

i02830514 2. The primary fuel filter is located in the right side of

the machine by the radiator. Examine the clear
Ether Starting Aid Cylinder - bowl.
Replace 3. The bowl must be full of fuel. If the bowl is not full
(If Equipped) of fuel, use the switch on the filter base to turn on
the pump. Run the pump until the clear bowl is full
SMCS Code: 1456-510-CD of fuel.
4. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine starts and
the engine runs rough or the engine misfires,
operate the engine at low idle until the engine runs
smoothly.

Note: If the engine fails to start or if the engine

continues to misfire or smoke, stop the engine and
repeat the procedure. If the problem persists after
repeating the procedure, consult your Cat dealer.

i02833831

Fuel System Primary Filter

(Water Separator) - Drain
Illustration 179 g00101192 SMCS Code: 1263-543

1. Open the engine hood on the right side. The ether The water separator is located in the engine
starting aid cylinder is mounted on the frame of the compartment on the right side of the machine.
machine next to the air cleaner. Note: This unit has a dual purpose. The element
2. Loosen retaining clamp (1) and unscrew ether serves as a water separator and a fuel filter.
starting aid cylinder (2).
3. Remove the gasket. Install the new gasket that is
provided with each new ether starting aid cylinder.
4. Install new ether starting aid cylinder (2) hand tight.
Tighten retaining clamp (1) securely.
5. Close the engine hood.

i04422151

Fuel System - Prime

SMCS Code: 1250-548
This machine is equipped with a fuel transfer pump
that is electric. Two examples that may cause the fuel
system to lose prime are listed here:

• The machine runs out of fuel.

• The Fuel System Filter/Water Separator Element
is replaced.
Illustration 180 g01413118
Follow the steps below in order to prime the fuel (1) Primary Fuel Filter
system. (2) Water Separator
(3) Drain
1. Ensure that the battery disconnect switch is in the (4) Secondary Fuel Filter
ON position.
168 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Fuel System Primary Filter (Water Separator) Element - Replace

1. Loosen the drain valve on the bottom of the water 1. Open the drain on the water separator bowl. Allow
separator. Allow the water and the sediment to the water and fuel to drain into a suitable
drain into a suitable container. container.
2. Tighten the drain valve. 2. Support the water separator element and rotate
the locking ring counterclockwise. Remove the
3. If the engine fails to start, change the fuel filter. If
locking ring.
there is a power loss, change the fuel filter.
3. While the water separator bowl is attached,
4. Tighten the drain valve and close the engine
remove the water separator element from the
access door.
mounting base.
i02833815 4. Remove the water separator bowl from the filter
element. Clean the water separator bowl and
Fuel System Primary Filter clean the O-ring groove.
(Water Separator) Element - Note: The water separator bowl is reusable. Do not
Replace discard the water separator bowl.
SMCS Code: 1260-510; 1263-510-FQ 5. Inspect the O-ring seal of the water separator bowl
for damage. Replace the O-ring seal, if necessary.
NOTICE
Do not fill fuel filters with fuel before installing them. 6. Lubricate the O-ring seal with clean diesel fuel or
The fuel will not be filtered and could be contami- lubricate the O-ring seal with motor oil. Place the
nated. Contaminated fuel will cause accelerated wear O-ring seal in the groove in the water separator
to fuel system parts. The fuel system should be bowl.
primed prior to starting the engine.
7. Spin the water separator bowl onto the new filter
element by hand until the filter element is snug. Do
Note: This unit has a dual purpose. The element
not use tools to tighten the filter element.
serves as a water separator and a fuel filter.
8. Install the new water separator element. Rotate
The water separator element is located in the engine
the locking ring clockwise in order to fasten the
compartment on the right side of the machine.
filter to the mounting base.
9. Prime the fuel system in order to fill the water
separator element with fuel. Refer to Operation
and Maintenance Manual, “Fuel System - Prime”.

i07671727

Fuel System Secondary Filter -

Replace
SMCS Code: 1261-510-SE

NOTICE
Do not fill fuel filters with fuel before installing them.
Contaminated fuel will cause accelerated wear to fuel
system parts.
This machine may be equipped with either one or two
secondary fuel filters.

Single Secondary Fuel Filter

Illustration 181 g01413118
The fuel filter is located in the engine compartment
(1) Primary Fuel Filter on the right side of the machine.
(2) Water Separator
(3) Drain 1. Open the engine access door on the right side of
(4) Secondary Fuel Filter
the machine.
SEBU8354-09 169
Maintenance Section
Fuel Tank Cap and Strainer - Clean

Illustration 182 g01413118

(1) Primary Fuel Filter
(2) Water Separator
(3) Drain
(4) Secondary Fuel Filter

2. Remove the fuel filter. Inspect the fuel filter for

debris by cutting the filter open. Discard the filter Illustration 183 g06390144

properly. (4) Secondary Fuel Filters

3. Clean the mounting base of the fuel filter. Remove 2. Remove the fuel filters. Inspect the fuel filters for
any part of the old seal that remains on the debris by cutting the filter open. Discard the filters
mounting base of the fuel filter. properly.
4. Coat the seal of the new fuel filter with clean diesel 3. Clean the mounting base of the fuel filters.
fuel. Remove any part of the old seals that remain on
5. Install the new fuel filter by hand. When the seal the mounting base of the fuel filters.
contacts the base, tighten the filter for an 4. Coat the seals of the new fuel filters with clean
additional three quarters of a turn. diesel fuel.
6. Prime the fuel system. Refer to Operation and 5. Install the new fuel filters by hand. When the seal
Maintenance Manual, “Fuel System - Prime”. contacts the base, tighten the filter for an
7. Close the engine access door. additional three quarters of a turn.
6. Prime the fuel system. Refer to Operation and
Two Secondary Fuel Filters (If Maintenance Manual, “Fuel System - Prime”.
Equipped) 7. Close the engine access door.
The fuel filters are located in the engine compartment
i01793682
on the right side of the machine.
1. Open the engine access door on the right side of Fuel Tank Cap and Strainer -
the machine.
Clean
SMCS Code: 1273-070-STR; 1273-070-Z2
The fuel tank cap is located on the right side of the
machine.
170 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Fuel Tank Water and Sediment - Drain

Illustration 184 g00917717

1. Remove fuel tank cap (1) and strainer (3) from fuel
tank (4). Remove seal (2) from the cap.
2. Wash the strainer and the fuel tank cap in a clean,
nonflammable solvent.
Illustration 185 g01412141
3. Install the strainer into the filler opening.
Open the engine hood on the right side.
4. Inspect the seal for damage. Replace the seal, if
necessary. Install the fuel tank cap. Slowly remove the fuel tank cap in order to relieve
pressure.
i02830417

Fuel Tank Water and Sediment

- Drain
SMCS Code: 1273-543-M&S

Note: If the water separator bowl is full on a daily

basis, drain the fuel tank on a daily basis.
The fuel tank drain is located at the rear of the
machine underneath the machine on the right side.

Illustration 186 g01412142

Loosen the plug in the bottom of the fuel tank. Allow

the fuel and sediment to drain into a suitable
container. Tighten the plug.
Replace the fuel tank cap.
SEBU8354-09 171
Maintenance Section
Fuses - Replace

i03640968 Fuses
Fuses - Replace
SMCS Code: 1417-510
Fuses – Fuses protect the electrical system from
damage that is caused by overloaded circuits.
Replace the fuse if the element separates. If the
element of a new fuse separates, check the circuit.
Repair the circuit, if necessary.

NOTICE
Replace the fuses with the same type and size only.
Otherwise, electrical damage can result.
If it is necessary to replace fuses frequently, an elec-
trical problem may exist. Contact your Caterpillar
dealer

Illustration 188 g01412164

Blowers (3) – This space contains a 20 Amp

Breaker. Reset the breaker by pushing.
Window Wipers (4) – 15 Amp
24 Volt to 12 Volt Converter (5) – 10 Amp
Beacon / Heated Seat (6) – 15 Amp
Turn Signals (7) – 10 Amp
Ride Control (8) – 10 Amp
Illustration 187 g01412169
(1) Console Air Suspension Seat (9) – 15 Amp
(2) Fuse Panel
Secondary Steering and Reversing Fan (10) – 10
The fuse panel is located on the console at the right Amp
side of the cab.
Spare (11) – 20 Amp
Hydraulics (12) – 10 Amp
Transmission (13) – 10 Amp
Flood Lights(14) – 20 Amp
Rear Window Wipers and Washer (15) – 10 Amp
Work Lights and Lighter(16) – 15 Amp
Rear Defrost (17) – 20 Amp
Air Conditioner (18) – This space contains a 20
Amp Breaker. Reset the breaker by pushing.
172 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Hydraulic System Oil - Change

Relays

Illustration 190 g01412168

Illustration 189 g01412166

Brake Lights (36) – Relay
Reversing Fan (36) – Relay
Dome Light (20) – 10 Amp
Ride Control (37) – Relay
Electric Fuse (21) – 15 Amp
Reverse Lights (38) – Relay
Stop Lights (22) – 10 Amp
Secondary Steering (39) – Relay
Spare (23) – 10 Amp
Spare (24) – 10 Amp
i03739621
Transmission ECM (25) – 10 Amp
Engine Stop (26) – 10 Amp
Hydraulic System Oil - Change
SMCS Code: 5056-044
Spare (27) – 25 Amp
Front Lights (28) – 10 Amp Selection of the Oil Change Interval
Engine ECM (29) – 25 Amp
The factory fills the hydraulic system with Cat HYDO
Rear Lights (30) – 10 Amp Advanced 10. With continued use of Cat HYDO
Advanced 10 and the recommended S·O·S Services
Spare (32) – 10 Amp oil analysis, the maintenance interval for the oil
change is 6000 hours.
Product Link (33) – 10 Amp
Your machine may be able to use a 4000 hour
Spare (34) – 10 Amp interval for the hydraulic oil. The hydraulic oil is in the
system that is not integral to the service brakes, the
Spare (35) – 10 Amp
clutches, the final drives, or the differentials. The
standard change interval is 3000 hours. The oil
should be monitored during intervals of 500 hours.
The extended 4000 hour interval can be used if the
following criteria are met.
SEBU8354-09 173
Maintenance Section
Hydraulic System Oil - Change

HYDO Advanced 10 The current guidelines for cleanliness of the oil

should be observed. Refer to “Measured Data”.
Cat HYDO Advanced 10 is the preferred oil for use in
most Caterpillar machine hydraulic and hydrostatic If an oil sampling program is not available, the
transmission systems when ambient temperature is standard 3000 oil change interval should be used.
between −20 °C (−4 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F). Cat
HYDO Advanced 10 has an SAE viscosity grade of Measured Data
10W. Cat HYDO Advanced 10 has a 50% increase
in the standard oil drain interval (up to 3000 hours) The following information should be monitored
for machine hydraulic systems over second and third through sampling of the oil:
choice oils when you follow the maintenance interval
schedule for oil filter changes and for oil sampling • Significant changes in wear metals should be
that is stated in the Operation and Maintenance monitored. These metals include iron, copper,
Manual. 6000 hour oil drain intervals are possible chromium, lead, aluminum, and tin.
when using S·O·S Services oil analysis. When you
switch to Cat HYDO Advanced 10, cross • Significant changes in the following additives
contamination with the previous oil should be kept to should be monitored: zinc, calcium, magnesium
less than 10%. Consult your Cat dealer for details and phosphorus.
about the benefits from the improved performance
designed into Cat HYDO Advanced 10. • Contaminants should not be present. These
contaminants include fuel and antifreeze. Water
Oil Filters content should be .5 percent or less.
Caterpillar oil filters are recommended. The interval • The silicon level should not exceed 15 parts per
for changing the oil filter should be 500 hours. million for new oil. The particle counts should be
monitored.
Oil
• The recommended level of cleanliness for
The 6000 hour interval for changing the oil is specific Caterpillar machines that are operated in the field
to Cat HYDO Advanced 10. is ISO 18/15 or cleaner. The cleanliness should be
The 4000 hour interval for changing the oil is for the monitored by particle count analysis. The levels of
following oil types. contamination should not exceed the normal by
more than two ISO codes. Action should be taken
• Caterpillar Hydraulic Oil (HYDO) in order to determine the cause of the
contamination. The system should be returned to
• Caterpillar Transmission and Drive Train Oil the original levels of contamination.
(TDTO)
• There should not be significant changes in
• Caterpillar TDTO-TMS sodium, silicon, copper, and potassium.
• Caterpillar Diesel Engine Oil • The allowable level of oxidation is 40 percent
(0.12 Abs units).
• Caterpillar Biodegradable Hydraulic Oils (HEES)
• The kinematic viscosity of 100 °C (212 °F) oil
• Caterpillar Multipurpose Tractor Oil (MTO) should not exceed a change of more than 2 cSt
from new oil.
• Heavy-duty diesel engine oils with a minimum
zinc content of 900 ppm
Procedure for Changing the
If Caterpillar oils cannot be used, use heavy-duty oils Hydraulic Oil
with the following classification: Caterpillar ECF-1,
API CG-4, API CF and TO-4. These oils must have a
minimum zinc additive of 0.09 percent (900 ppm). Operate the machine for a few minutes in order to
warm the hydraulic system oil.
Note: Industrial hydraulic oils are not recommended
The machine should be level . Lower the bucket to
in Caterpillar hydraulic systems. the ground and apply slight downward pressure.
Engage the parking brake and stop the engine.
Monitoring the Condition of the Oil
The oil should be monitored during intervals of 500
hours. Caterpillar's standard SOS Fluids Analysis or
an equivalent oil sampling program should be used.
174 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Hydraulic System Oil - Change

Illustration 191 g01403313 Illustration 193 g01403292

928H
1. Remove the hydraulic tank filler cap.

Note: Some parts are removed for clarity in the

following illustrations.

Illustration 194 g01403296

930H

Illustration 192 g01403288 2. The hydraulic tank drain valve is located on a

924H manifold near the articulation hitch on the right
side for the 924H. The hydraulic tank drain valve is
located on a manifold under the right side of the
cab on the 928H. The hydraulic tank drain valve is
located on a manifold under the left side of the cab
on the 930H. Open the drain valve and allow the
hydraulic oil to drain into a suitable container.
3. Close the drain valve.
SEBU8354-09 175
Maintenance Section
Hydraulic System Oil Filter - Replace

4. Open the engine access door on the right side of 12. If necessary, tighten any loose clamps and any
the machine. loose connections. Replace any damaged hoses.
5. Change the hydraulic system filter and the 13. Close the engine access door.
hydraulic tank breather. Refer to Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Hydraulic System Oil Filter i03732587
- Change”.
6. Fill the hydraulic system oil tank. Refer to
Hydraulic System Oil Filter -
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Lubricant Replace
Viscosities” and Operation and Maintenance SMCS Code: 5068-510
Manual, “Refill Capacities”.
7. Inspect the gasket on the hydraulic tank filler cap
for damage. Replace the gasket, if necessary.
8. Install the hydraulic tank filler cap.
9. Start the engine and run the engine for a few
minutes. The cooling fan should be operating and
the brake oil pressure indicator should go out. If
the cooling fan is not operating or the brake oil
pressure indicator does not go out, repeat steps 6
and 8.

Illustration 196 g01412231

1. Remove the hydraulic tank filler cap.

2. The hydraulic oil filter is located in the back of the
machine behind the primary fuel filter. Open the
engine access door on the left side of the
machine.

Illustration 195 g01403318

The hydraulic tank sight gauge is located behind the
cab on the front of the hydraulic tank.

10. Maintain the hydraulic oil level between the top

and the bottom mark on the sight gauge. Add oil, if
necessary.
Note: The oil must be free of bubbles. If bubbles are
present in the oil, air is entering the hydraulic system.
Inspect the suction hoses and hose clamps.

11. Stop the engine.

176 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Hydraulic System Oil Level - Check

Illustration 197 g02014219 Illustration 198 g01403318

3. Remove the filter element with a strap type 8. Maintain the hydraulic oil level between the top
wrench. and the bottom mark on the sight gauge. Add oil, if
necessary.
4. Clean the filter element mounting base. Remove
any part of the filter element gasket that remains 9. Inspect the gasket on the hydraulic tank filler cap
on the filter element mounting base. for damage. Replace the gasket, if necessary.
5. Apply a thin coat of oil to seal on the new filter. 10. Install the hydraulic tank filler cap.
Install a new hydraulic oil filter hand tight until the
seal of the hydraulic oil filter contacts the base. i02830758
Note the position of the index marks on the filter in
relation to a fixed point on the filter base. Hydraulic System Oil Level -
6. There are rotation index marks on the hydraulic oil Check
filter that are spaced 90 degrees or 1/4 of a turn SMCS Code: 5056-535-FLV
away from each other. When you tighten the
hydraulic oil filter, use the rotation index marks as Note: Check the hydraulic system oil level with the
a guide. machine on a level surface.
7. Tighten the filter according to the instructions that
are printed on the filter. Use the index marks as a
guide. For non-Caterpillar filters, use the
instructions that are provided with the filter. You
may need to use a filter strap wrench, or another
suitable tool, in order to turn the filter to the
amount that is required for final installation. Make
sure that the installation tool does not damage the
filter.
SEBU8354-09 177
Maintenance Section
Hydraulic System Oil Sample - Obtain

i03732588

Hydraulic System Oil Sample -

Obtain
SMCS Code: 5050-008; 5056-008; 7542

Illustration 199 g01403318

1. Maintain the hydraulic oil level between the top

and the bottom mark on the sight gauge. Add oil, if
necessary.

Illustration 201 g02014215

The sampling valve is located on the base of the

hydraulic oil filter. Use the sampling valve in order to
obtain a sample of the hydraulic oil. The engine must
be running in order to take a sample of the hydraulic
oil.
Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar
Machine Fluids Recommendations” “S·O·S Oil
Analysis” for information that pertains to obtaining
and oil sample. Refer to Special Publication,
PEHP6001, “How To Take A Good Oil Sample” for
more information about obtaining an oil sample.

i03001622

Hydraulic Tank Breather -

Replace
SMCS Code: 5056-510-BRE
Illustration 200 g01412231 The hydraulic tank breather is located on the top side
of the machine next to the hydraulic tank cap behind
2. The hydraulic tank filler cap is located on the top of the cab.
the engine compartment. Remove the hydraulic
tank filler cap and add hydraulic oil, if necessary.
3. Clean the hydraulic tank filler cap. Install the
hydraulic tank filler cap.
178 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Oil Filter - Inspect

Ferrous metals can indicate wear on steel parts and

on cast iron parts.
Nonferrous metals can indicate wear on the
aluminum parts of the engine such as main bearings,
rod bearings, or turbocharger bearings.
Small amounts of debris may be found in the filter
element. This could be caused by friction and by
normal wear. Consult your Caterpillar dealer in order
to arrange for further analysis if an excessive amount
of debris is found.
Using an oil filter element that is not recommended
by Caterpillar can result in severe engine damage to
engine bearings, to the crankshaft, and to other
parts. This can result in larger particles in unfiltered
oil. The particles could enter the lubricating system
and the particles could cause damage.

i03657277

Quick Coupler - Check

Illustration 202 g01412231
(If Equipped)
Remove the hydraulic tank breather. Replace the old
breather with a new breather. SMCS Code: 6129-535
When you install a work tool on the quick coupler,
i02106227 inspect the engagement of the coupler pins. If there
is play between the coupler pins and the
Oil Filter - Inspect corresponding bores, inspect the coupler pins and
the bores for damage or wear.
SMCS Code: 1308-507; 3004-507; 3067-507; 5068-
507 If there is play between the quick coupler and the
hooks of the work tool, inspect the quick coupler and
Inspect a Used Filter for Debris the hooks for wear or for damage.
Make any necessary repairs before you operate the
work tool.

Illustration 203 g00100013

The element is shown with debris.
Use a filter cutter to cut the filter element open.
Spread apart the pleats and inspect the element for
metal and for other debris. An excessive amount of
debris in the filter element can indicate a possible
failure.
If metals are found in the filter element, a magnet can
be used to differentiate between ferrous metals and
nonferrous metals.
SEBU8354-09 179
Maintenance Section
Radiator Core - Clean

i04164592

Radiator Core - Clean

SMCS Code: 1353-070-KO

Illustration 204 g00914344

Illustration 206 g02356638
1. Open both of the engine access doors in order to
open the radiator cooling fan housing. Open the 3. If equipped, clean the air conditioner condenser on
radiator cooling fan housing in order to expose the the top of the hood.
radiator core.
i02814826

Ride Control Accumulator -

Check
SMCS Code: 5077-535-R6
The ride control accumulator reduces the pitching of
the machine. If the machine seems to be bouncing
excessively, check the charge in the ride control
accumulator.
Note: Special tools and equipment are required to
test the accumulator.

Reference: For more information, refer to Testing

Illustration 205 g00101939 and Adjusting, RENR6078 or consult your Caterpillar
dealer.
2. You can use compressed air, high-pressure water,
or steam to remove dust and other debris from the
radiator fins. The maximum air pressure for
cleaning purposes must be reduced to 205 kPa
(30 psi). The maximum water pressure for
cleaning purposes must be below 275 kPa
(40 psi). However, the use of compressed air is
preferred. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “General Hazard Information” for Safety
information about using pressurized air and water.
180 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) - Inspect

i02005410 i04423622

Rollover Protective Structure Seat Belt - Inspect

(ROPS) - Inspect SMCS Code: 7327-040
SMCS Code: 7323-040; 7325-040 Always inspect the condition of the seat belt and the
condition of the seat belt mounting hardware before
you operate the machine. Replace any parts that are
damaged or worn before you operate the machine.

Illustration 208 g02620101

Typical example

Inspect buckle (1) for wear or for damage. If the

Illustration 207 g01037257
buckle is worn or damaged, replace the seat belt.
Inspect seat belt (2) for webbing that is worn or
1. Remove the access covers from both sides of the frayed. Replace the seat belt if the webbing is worn
ROPS. or frayed.
2. Inspect the ROPS for loose bolts or for damaged Inspect all seat belt mounting hardware for wear or
bolts. Replace any damaged bolts or missing bolts for damage. Replace any mounting hardware that is
with original equipment parts only. worn or damaged. Make sure that the mounting bolts
are tight.
Note: Apply oil to all ROPS bolt threads before you
install the bolts. Failure to apply oil to the bolt threads If your machine is equipped with a seat belt
can result in improper bolt torque. extension, also perform this inspection procedure for
the seat belt extension.
Tighten the bolts that hold the platform to the Contact your Cat dealer for the replacement of the
frame to a torque of 530 ± 70 N·m (400 ± 50 lb ft). seat belt and the mounting hardware.
Tighten the bolts that hold the ROPS to the
platform to a torque of 460 ± 60 N·m Note: The seat belt should be replaced within 3 years
(340 ± 45 lb ft). Once you have torqued all the of the date of installation. A date of installation label
bolts, torque the bolts again. is attached to the seat belt retractor and buckle. If the
date of installation label is missing, replace belt within
3. Operate the machine on a rough surface. Replace 3 years from the year of manufacture as indicated on
the ROPS mounting supports if the ROPS emits a belt webbing label, buckle housing, or installation
noise. Replace the ROPS mounting supports if the tags (non-retractable belts).
ROPS rattles.
4. Install the access covers.
Do not straighten the ROPS. Do not repair the ROPS
by welding reinforcement plates to the ROPS.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer for repair of cracks in
any welds, in any castings, or in any metal section of
the ROPS.
SEBU8354-09 181
Maintenance Section
Seat Belt - Replace

i06891605 i03589859

Seat Belt - Replace Steering Column Play - Check

SMCS Code: 7327-510 SMCS Code: 4310-535; 4338-535
The seat belt should be replaced within 3 years of the
date of installation. A date of installation label is
attached to the seat belt retractor and buckle. If the
date of installation label is missing, replace belt within
3 years from the year of manufacture as indicated on
belt webbing label, buckle housing, or installation
tags (non-retractable belts).

Illustration 209 g01152685

Typical Example
Illustration 210 g01408466
(1) Date of installation (retractor)
(2) Date of installation (buckle)
(3) Year of manufacture (tag) (fully extended web) 1. Hold the steering wheel with both hands.
(4) Year of manufacture (underside) (buckle)
2. Try to move the steering wheel from one side to
Consult your Cat dealer for the replacement of the the other side. The maximum allowed movement
seat belt and the mounting hardware. in the steering column should not exceed 25 mm
Determine age of new seat belt before installing on (1.0 inch). If the value is not within the limit,
seat. A manufacture label is on belt webbing and perform the following steps:
imprinted on belt buckle. Do not exceed install by a. Inspect the pivot joint for loose bolts.
date on label.
b. Tighten the bolts if the bolts are loose.
Complete seat belt system should be installed with
new mounting hardware. Note: Apply 9S-3263 Thread Lock Compound to
Date of installation labels should be marked and the bolts before tightening.
affixed to the seat belt retractor and buckle.
c. Inspect the pivot joint for excessive wear.
Note: Date of installation labels should be
d. Replace the bushings if there is excessive
permanently marked by punch (retractable belt) or
stamp (non-retractable belt). wear.

If your machine is equipped with a seat belt

extension, also perform this replacement procedure
for the seat belt extension. Failure to perform this inspection and repair may
cause loss of steering control, which may result
in personal injury or death.
Do not operate the machine until the inspection
and repair are completed.

Contact your Caterpillar dealer for any other required

service.
182 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Steering Cylinder Bearings - Lubricate

i02814818

Steering Cylinder Bearings -

Lubricate
SMCS Code: 4303-086-BD

924H and 924Hz

Wipe all grease fittings before you apply any lubricant
to the grease fittings.

Illustration 213 g00626533

Apply lubricant to the two remote grease fittings for

the head ends of both steering cylinders.

928Hz and 930H

Wipe all grease fittings before you apply any lubricant
to the grease fittings.

Illustration 211 g00626511

Right side steering cylinder

Apply lubricant to the grease fitting for the rod end of

the steering cylinder.

Illustration 214 g00913074

Left side steering cylinder

Apply lubricant to the grease fitting for the head end

of the steering cylinder.

Illustration 212 g00626510

Left side steering cylinder

Apply lubricant to the grease fitting for the rod end of

the steering cylinder.

Illustration 215 g00913073

Right side steering cylinder
SEBU8354-09 183
Maintenance Section
Tire Inflation - Check

Apply lubricant to the grease fitting for the head end

of the steering cylinder.

Illustration 217 g00627260

Illustration 216 g00913018 1. Remove the transmission drain plug. Allow the
transmission oil to drain into a suitable container.
Apply lubricant to the two remote grease fittings for Clean the transmission drain plug and install the
the rod ends of both steering cylinders.
transmission drain plug.
i02814798 2. Change the transmission oil filter element. Refer to
Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Tire Inflation - Check “Transmission Oil Filter - Replace”.
SMCS Code: 4203-535-AI 3. Clean the transmission magnetic screen.
Measure the tire pressure on each tire. Consult your
Caterpillar dealer for the correct load rating and for
the correct operating pressures.
Inflate the tires, if necessary. See Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Tire Inflation Information”.

i03926633

Transmission Oil - Change

SMCS Code: 3030-044
Operate the machine for a few minutes in order to
warm the transmission oil.
The machine should be level. Lower the bucket to the Illustration 218 g00627182
ground and apply slight downward pressure. Engage
the parking brake and stop the engine. a. Remove the magnetic strainer cover.
b. Remove the magnets from the housing.
c. Remove the screen from the housing.
d. Wash the tube and the screen in a clean,
nonflammable solvent.

NOTICE
Do not drop or rap the magnets against any hard ob-
jects. Replace any damaged magnets.

e. Clean the magnets with a cloth, with a stiff

bristle brush, or with pressure air.
184 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Transmission Oil - Change

f. Install the magnets and the tube assembly into

the magnetic screen.
g. Install the magnetic screen.
h. Clean the cover and inspect the seal. Replace
the seal, if the seal is damaged.
i. Install the cover. Tighten the cover bolts.

Illustration 221 g00627269

8. Maintain the transmission oil level between the

“LOW” mark and the “HIGH” mark in the sight
gauge when the transmission is warm and the
engine is running. Maintain the transmission oil
level to the top of the sight gauge when the
transmission is cool and the engine is not running.
Illustration 219 g00627264 Add transmission oil through the transmission filler
tube, if necessary.
4. Fill the transmission with transmission oil through
the transmission filler tube. Refer to Operation and Note: Check the transmission oil level by using the
dipstick if the sight gauge is blocked. You may need
Maintenance Manual, “Lubricant Viscosities” and
to take more than one reading in order to achieve a
Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Refill
consistent reading on the dipstick. The oil level
Capacities”. should be maintained in the crosshatched area of the
dipstick. The dipstick is attached to the oil fill cap.

9. Stop the engine.

Illustration 220 g00627267

5. Remove the transmission breather that is located

on the top of the transmission case. Install a new
transmission breather.
6. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
Apply the service brake. Slowly operate the
transmission controls in order to circulate the oil.
7. Move the transmission control lever to NEUTRAL
and engage the parking brake. Inspect the
transmission for leaks.
SEBU8354-09 185
Maintenance Section
Transmission Oil Filter - Replace

i01734082

Transmission Oil Filter -

Replace
SMCS Code: 3067-510

Illustration 223 g00627269

7. Maintain the transmission oil level between the

“LOW” mark and the “HIGH” mark on the sight
gauge when the transmission is warm and the
engine is running. Maintain the transmission oil
level to the top of the sight gauge when the
Illustration 222 g00627316
transmission is cool and the engine is not running.
1. The transmission filter is located on the left side of Add transmission oil, if necessary.
the machine under the steps. Remove the Note: Check the transmission oil level by using the
transmission oil filter element with a strap type dipstick if the sight gauge is blocked. You may need
wrench. to take more than one reading in order to achieve a
consistent reading on the dipstick. The oil level needs
2. Clean the filter element mounting base. Remove
to be maintained in the crosshatched area of the
any part of the filter element gasket that remains
dipstick. The oil fill cap is also the dipstick.
on the filter element mounting base.
3. Apply a light coat of oil to the gasket of the new 8. Stop the engine.
filter element.
i01734092
4. Install the new filter element by hand. When the
gasket contacts the mounting base, tighten the Transmission Oil Level - Check
filter element for an additional three quarters of a
SMCS Code: 3030-535-FLV
turn.
5. Start the engine and apply the service brake. Check the transmission oil level while the machine is
on a level surface.
Slowly operate the transmission controls in order
to circulate the transmission oil. The sight gauge for the transmission oil level is
located on the left side of the machine under the
6. Move the transmission control lever to NEUTRAL steps.
and engage the parking. Inspect the filter element
for leaks.
186 SEBU8354-09
Maintenance Section
Transmission Oil Sample - Obtain

i02092030

Transmission Oil Sample -

Obtain
SMCS Code: 3080-008; 7542

Illustration 224 g00627269

1. Maintain the transmission oil level between the

“LOW” mark and the “HIGH” mark on the sight
gauge when the transmission is warm and the
engine is running. Maintain the transmission oil
level to the top of the sight gauge when the
Illustration 226 g00614038
transmission is cool and the engine is not running.

Note: Check the transmission oil level by using the Use the sampling valve in order to obtain a sample of
dipstick if the sight gauge is blocked. You may need the transmission oil. The engine must be running in
order to take a sample of the transmission oil.
to take more than one reading in order to achieve a
consistent reading on the dipstick. The oil level needs Refer to Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar
to be maintained in the crosshatched area of the Machine Fluids Recommendations” “S·O·S Oil
dipstick. The oil fill cap is also the dipstick. Analysis” for information that pertains to obtaining an
oil sample. Refer to Special Publication, PEHP6001,
“How To Take A Good Oil Sample” for more
information about obtaining an oil sample.

i01706737

Window Washer Reservoir -

Fill
SMCS Code: 7306-544

NOTICE
When operating in freezing temperatures, use Cater-
pillar nonfreezing window washer solvent or equiva-
lent. System damage can result from freezing.
Illustration 225 g00627264

2. Remove the transmission filler plug and add

transmission oil, if necessary.
3. Clean the filler plug and install the filler plug.
SEBU8354-09 187
Maintenance Section
Window Wipers - Inspect/Replace

For machines that are equipped with debris screen

guards, unlatch the side screen guards, and swing
the guards to the OPEN position in order to clean the
glass behind the screen.

Illustration 227 g00627905

The window washer reservoir is located on the left

side of the machine under the cab.
Fill the reservoir with window washer solvent.

i01740157

Window Wipers - Inspect/

Replace
SMCS Code: 7305-040; 7305-510
Inspect the condition of the window wiper blades.
Replace the window wiper blades if the window wiper
blades are worn or damaged. If the window wiper
blades streak the window, replace the window wiper
blades.

i03732700

Windows - Clean
SMCS Code: 7310-070

Illustration 228 g00627875

Use commercially available window cleaning

solutions in order to clean the windows. Clean the
outside of the windows from the ground unless
handholds are available.
188 SEBU8354-09
Reference Information Section
Reference Materials

Reference Information Special Publication, PEHP6047, “Product Data Sheet

for Caterpillar Biodegradable Hydraulic Oil (HEES)”
Section
Miscellaneous Publications
Reference Materials Operation and Maintenance Manual, SEBU7617,
“Fusion Wheel Loader Quick Coupler”

i04487309 Power Train Disassembly and Assembly,

RENR6422, “Tire and Rim - Remove and Install”
Reference Material Special Publication, PECP9067, “One Safe Source”
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
Special Publication, PEDP9131, “Fluid
Contamination - The Silent Thief”
Cooling System
Special Publication, PEWJ0074, “Cat Filter & Fluid
Special Publication, PMEP5027, “Label - ELC Application Guide”
Radiator Label”
Special Publication, SEBD0717, “Diesel Fuels and
Special Publication, PEHJ0067, “Product Data Sheet Your Engine”
for Caterpillar ELC”
Special Publication, SEBF1015, “Improving
Special Publication, PEHP9554, “Product Data Sheet Component Durability - Final Drives and Differentials”
for Caterpillar DEAC (Diesel Engine Antifreeze/
Coolant)” Special Publication, SEBU6250, “Caterpillar Machine
Fluid Recommendations”
Special Publication, SEBD0518, “Know Your Cooling
System” Special Publication, SEBU5898, “Cold Weather
Recommendations”
Special Publication, SEBD0970, “Coolant and Your Special Publication, SENR5664, “Air Conditioning
Engine” and Heater R-134a for All Caterpillar Machines”

Grease Special Publication, SENR9620, “Improving Fuel

System Durability”
Data Sheet, NEHP6010, “Cat Ultra 5Moly Grease
(NLGI grade 1 and grade 2)” Special Publication, SMBU6981, “Emissions Control
Warranty Information”
Data Sheet, NEHP6011, “Cat Arctic Platinum Grease
(NLGI grade 0)” Special Instruction, SMHS7867, “Nitrogen Tire
Inflation Group”
Data Sheet, NEHP6012, “Cat Desert Gold Grease
(NLGI grade 2)”
Oil
Data Sheet, NEHP6015, “Cat High Speed Ball
Bearing Grease (NLGI grade 2)” Special Publication, PEHP3050, “Product Data Sheet
for Caterpillar Multipurpose Tractor Oil (MTO)”
Special Publication, PEGJ0035, “Grease Selection
Guide” Special Publication, PEHP6001, “How to Take a
Good Oil Sample”
Data Sheet, PEHJ0088, “Cat Multipurpose Grease
(NLGI grade 2)” Special Publication, PEHJ0007, “Product Data Sheet
for Caterpillar Arctic TDTO (SAE 0W-20) (synthetic
Data Sheet, PEHP0002, “Cat Advanced 3Moly blend)”
Grease (NLGI grade 2)”
Special Publication, PEHJ0008, “Product Data Sheet
for Caterpillar Arctic DEO (SAE 0W-30)”
Hydraulic Oil
Special Publication, PEHJ0030, “Product Data Sheet
Special Publication, PEGP6028, “Caterpillar for Caterpillar Synthetic Gear Oil (SAE 75W-140)”
Hydraulic Systems Management Guide”
Special Publication, PEHJ0059, “Product Data Sheet
Special Publication, PEHJ0009, “Product Data Sheet for Caterpillar DEO (SAE 10W-30)”
for Caterpillar Hydraulic Oil (HYDO) (SAE 10W)”
Special Publication, PEHP7506, “Product Data Sheet
for Caterpillar TDTO (SAE 10W, SAE 30, SAE 50)”
SEBU8354-09 189
Reference Information Section
Decommissioning and Disposal

Special Publication, PEHP7508, “Product Data Sheet Special Publication, PEHP7052, “Making the Most of
for Caterpillar Gear Oil (GO) (SAE 80W-90 and SAE S·O·S Services”
85W-140)”
Special Publication, PEHP7057, “S·O·S Coolant
Special Publication, PEHP7062, “Product Data Sheet Analysis”
for Caterpillar DEO Synthetic (SAE 5W-40)”
Special Publication, PEHP7076, “Understanding
Special Publication, PEHP9530, “Product Data Sheet S·O·S Services Tests”
for Caterpillar FDAO (SAE 60)”
Special Publication, PEHP9570, “Product Data Sheet
Specifications Manuals
for Caterpillar FDAO Synthetic (Multigrade)”
Specifications Manual, SENR3130, “Torque
Special Publication, PELJ0179, “Caterpillar Engine Specifications”
Crankcase Fluid-1 Specifications (Cat ECF-1)”
Tools
Special Publication, PEHP8035, “Product Data Sheet
for TDTO Transmission Multi-Season (TMS)” Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar Dealer
Service Tool Catalog”
Special Publication, SEBD0640, “Oil and Your
Engine”
Additional Reference Material
Parts Manuals SAE J183, “Classification” This reference can
normally be found in the SAE handbook.
Parts Manual, SEBP4561, 924H HXC
SAE J313, “Diesel Fuels” This reference can be
Parts Manual, SEBP4565, 924H JTM found in the SAE handbook. Also, this publication
can be obtained from your local technological society,
Parts Manual, SEBP4564, 924HZ PED from your local library, or from your local college.
Parts Manual, SEBP4618, 924HZ RCB
SAE J754, “Nomenclature” This reference can
Parts Manual, SEBP4617, 924HZ KLN normally be found in the SAE handbook.

Parts Manual, SEBP4562, 928HZ CXK Engine Manufacturers Association, “ Engine Fluids
Data Book”
Parts Manual, SEBP4614, 928HZ BYD
Engine Manufacturers Association
Parts Manual, SEBP4563, 930H DHC Two North LaSalle Street, Suite 2200
Parts Manual, SEBP4615, 930H FTD Chicago, Illinois USA 60602
E-mail: [email protected]
(312) 827-8700
ROPS/FOPS Structure Facsimile: (312) 827-8737
Special Publication, SEBD1587, “What ROPS/FOPS
Certification Means” i08292382

Special Publication, SEHS6929, “Inspection,

Maintenance, and Repair of ROPS and Attachment
Decommissioning and
Installation Guidelines” Disposal
SMCS Code: 1000; 7000
Safety Manuals
When the product is removed from service, local
Safety Manual, SEBU5407, “Safety Manual” regulations for the product decommissioning will
vary. Disposal of the product will vary with local
regulations.
Service Manuals
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
Service Manual, RENR8733, “Wheel Loader environment. Obey all local regulations for the
Electrical System (NACD)”
decommissioning and disposal of materials.
Service Manual, RENR9695, “Wheel Loader
Electrical System (EAME)” Utilize appropriate personal protective equipment
when decommissioning and disposing product.
S·O·S Information Consult the nearest Cat dealer for additional
information. Including information for component
Special Publication, PEDP7036, “S·O·S Services” remanufacturing and recycling options.
190 SEBU8354-09
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

i03733081

Caterpillar Approved Work

Tools
SMCS Code: 6700
Only use Caterpillar approved work tools on this
machine.
Note: Do not use a Caterpillar work tool on a
machine that is not approved by Caterpillar.
Many of the work tools in the table have an Operation
and Maintenance Manual. Please refer to the
Operation and Maintenance Manual that is provided
with the work tool for the proper use of the work tool.
Contact your Caterpillar dealer concerning specific
work tools and part numbers that are approved by
Caterpillar for this machine. This list was complete at
the time of publication. There may be additional work
tools that have been approved since that time.
Consult your Caterpillar dealer for an updated list of
approved work tools.

Buckets
Table 96
924Hz Buckets
Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 172-8568 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 173-3635 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 173-3634 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 199-5212 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 279-1603 Teeth 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

SEBU8354-09 191
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

Table 97
924H Buckets with Standard Coupler

Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 167-3966 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 241-0935 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.80 cubic meter (3.66 cubic yard)

Light Material Bucket 251-5412 Teeth 2.60 cubic meter (3.40 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.80 cubic meter (3.66 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 107-5755 Flush Mounted Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 167-3967 Flush Mounted Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 167-3969 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 256-8889 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Woodchip Bucket 160-8378 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 5.00 cubic meter (6.54 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 198-8556 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.90 cubic meter (2.49 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket (1) 240-5742 Teeth 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.90 cubic meter (2.49 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 279-2265 Teeth 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Multipurpose Bucket 292-9190 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

(1) Wide Coupler
192 SEBU8354-09
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

Table 98
924H Pin-on Buckets
Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 167-3963 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 252-6909 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.80 cubic meter (3.66 cubic yard)

Light Material Bucket 252-6903 Teeth 2.60 cubic meter (3.40 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.80 cubic meter (3.66 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 167-3964 Flush Mounted Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 167-3968 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Woodchip Bucket 167-0121 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 5.00 cubic meter (6.54 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 215-6955 Teeth 1.70 cubic meter (2.22 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 1.80 cubic meter (2.35 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 279-1628 Teeth 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Table 99
928Hz Buckets
Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 119-1799 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 119-1800 Teeth 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 223-9730 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 120-0162 Flush Mounted Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

(continued)
SEBU8354-09 193
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

(Table 99, contd)

928Hz Buckets
General Purpose Bucket 139-7418 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 152-1613 Teeth 1.90 cubic meter (2.49 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 224-0759 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket (1) 300-6796 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.60 cubic meter (3.40 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 107-5755 Flush Mounted Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 140-6123 Teeth 1.90 cubic meter (2.49 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 230-7486 Flush Mounted Teeth 2.50 cubic meter (3.27 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 3.20 cubic meter (4.19 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 250-9186 Teeth 3.10 cubic meter (4.05 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 3.20 cubic meter (4.19 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 297-4103 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.70 cubic meter (3.53 cubic yard)
(1) Water and Sewer

Table 100
930H Buckets with Standard Coupler

Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 241-0935 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 256-8889 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 251-9878 Teeth 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 239-7002 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 256-8882
Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

(continued)
194 SEBU8354-09
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

(Table 100, contd)

930H Buckets with Standard Coupler
Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.50 cubic meter (3.27 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 256-8863 Teeth 2.40 cubic meter (3.14 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.50 cubic meter (3.27 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Multipurpose Bucket 292-9190 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket (1) 240-5765 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

(1) Wide Coupler

Table 101
930H Buckets with Standard Coupler
Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Multipurpose Bucket 311-1472 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Table 102
930H Pin-on Buckets
Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 252-6909 Teeth 2.00 cubic meter (2.62 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.10 cubic meter (2.75 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 239-7004 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 256-8898 Teeth 2.20 cubic meter (2.88 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.40 cubic meter (3.14 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 251-6600 Teeth 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.40 cubic meter (3.14 cubic yard)

Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.50 cubic meter (3.27 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 256-8911 Teeth 2.40 cubic meter (3.14 cubic yard)

Teeth and Segments 2.50 cubic meter (3.27 cubic yard)

SEBU8354-09 195
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

Table 103
930H Penetration Buckets
Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Penetration Bucket 251-9880 Flush Mounted Teeth 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Penetration Bucket 251-9879 Flush Mounted Teeth 2.30 cubic meter (3.01 cubic yard)

Table 104
930H Large Buckets

Work Tool Bucket Ground Engaging Tools Rated Volume

Light Material Bucket 251-5412 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.80 cubic meter (3.66 cubic yard)

Light Material Bucket 241-0916 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 3.10 cubic meter (4.05 cubic yard)

Light Material Bucket 252-6903 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.80 cubic meter (3.66 cubic yard)

Woodchip Bucket 160-8378 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 5.00 cubic meter (6.54 cubic yard)

Woodchip Bucket 167-0121 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 5.00 cubic meter (6.54 cubic yard)

General Purpose Bucket 300-6796 Bolt-on Cutting Edge 2.60 cubic meter (3.40 cubic yard)

Forks
Table 105
924H Pallet Forks
Work Tool Carriage Width

Fork Carriage 132-2443 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

Fork Carriage 257-6113 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

Fork Carriage (1) 257-2506 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

(1) Wide Coupler

Table 106
924H Pallet Forks
Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6937 1070.00 mm (42.13 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6935 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 241-0921 - 241-0922 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6938 1370.00 mm (53.94 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 172-3228 1524.00 mm (60.00 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8933 1050.00 mm (41.34 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8900 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8935 1350.00 mm (53.15 inches)

196 SEBU8354-09
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

Table 107
928H Pallet Forks
Work Tool Carriage Width

Fork Carriage 6W-8832 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

Fork Carriage 257-6113 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

Table 108
928H Pallet Forks
Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6937 1070.00 mm (42.13 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6935 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6938 1370.00 mm (53.94 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 172-3228 1524.00 mm (60.00 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8933 1050.00 mm (41.34 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8900 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8935 1350.00 mm (53.15 inches)

Table 109
930H Pallet Forks
Work Tool Carriage Width

Fork Carriage 6W-8832 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

Fork Carriage 257-6113 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

Fork Carriage (1) 257-2506 1550.00 mm (61.02 inches)

(1) Wide Coupler

Table 110
930H Pallet Forks
Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6937 1070.00 mm (42.13 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6935 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 241-0921 - 241-0922 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 195-6938 1370.00 mm (53.94 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 172-3228 1524.00 mm (60.00 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8933 1050.00 mm (41.34 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8900 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Pallet Fork - Class 3 6W-8935 1350.00 mm (53.15 inches)

SEBU8354-09 197
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

Table 111
924H Log and Lumber Forks

Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Fork 141-6271 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Fork 154-8708 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Table 112
930H Log and Lumber Forks

Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Fork 141-6271 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Fork 154-8708 1220.00 mm (48.03 inches)

Table 113
928H Wide Fork Carriage (2435 mm (96 inches))

Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Carriage and Forks 303-0397 1524.00 mm (60.00 inches)

Table 114
930H Wide Fork Carriage (2435 mm (96 inches))

Work Tool Fork Length of Fork Tine

Carriage and Forks 300-6830 1829.00 mm (72.01 inches)

Material Handling Arm

Table 115
924H, 928H, and 930H Material Handling Arm
Work Tool Part Number
Material Handling Arm 229-9714

INTENDED USE STATEMENT for Remove the work tool from the machine before you
lift the host machine. Refer to Operation and
the Material Handling Arm Maintenance Manual, “Lifting and Tying Down the
Machine” for details.
This Work Tool has the intended functions of lifting
and transporting suspended loads. Always select
sufficiently sized lifting accessories. Always inspect INTENDED USE STATEMENT for
the lifting accessories before use. the Multipurpose Bucket
Do not use the work tool improperly.
This Work Tool has the intended functions of dozing,
digging, loading, lifting, carrying, and moving material
such as earth, crushed rock, or gravel.
Do not use the work tool improperly.
198 SEBU8354-09
Reference Information Section
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools

Remove the work tool from the machine before you

lift the host machine. Refer to Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Lifting and Tying Down the
Machine” for details.

INTENDED USE STATEMENT for

the Grapple Forks
This Work Tool has the intended functions of loading,
carrying, and moving bulky materials.
Do not use the work tool improperly.
Remove the work tool from the machine before you
lift the host machine. Refer to Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Lifting and Tying Down the
Machine” for details.
SEBU8354-09 199
Index Section

Index
A Display ....................................................... 150
Capacities (Refill) .......................................... 137
Additional Messages ....................................... 13
Caterpillar Approved Work Tools................... 190
Product Link (If Equipped) ........................... 14
Buckets ...................................................... 190
Adjustments....................................................116
Forks .......................................................... 195
Alert Indicators .............................................. 105
INTENDED USE STATEMENT for the
Alert Indicators........................................... 106
Grapple Forks .......................................... 198
Alert Levels ................................................ 105
INTENDED USE STATEMENT for the
Digital Display ............................................ 106
Material Handling Arm ............................. 197
Gauges ...................................................... 106
INTENDED USE STATEMENT for the
Instrument Console ................................... 106
Multipurpose Bucket ................................ 197
Alternate Exit ................................................... 77
Material Handling Arm ............................... 197
Articulation Bearings - Lubricate ................... 141
Cooling System Coolant (ELC) - Change ..... 150
Axle Oil Cooler Screen - Clean/Replace ....... 141
Flushing a Standard Coolant From the
Axle Oscillation Bearings - Lubricate ............ 141
Cooling System........................................ 152
Flushing the Extended Life Coolant From the
B Cooling System........................................ 152
Backup Alarm - Test ...................................... 142 Cooling System Coolant Extender (ELC) -
Battery Disconnect Switch .............................. 76 Add .............................................................. 152
Battery or Battery Cable - Inspect/Replace... 142 Cooling System Coolant Level - Check......... 153
Recycle the Battery.................................... 143 Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 1) -
Before Operation ....................................... 24, 74 Obtain .......................................................... 154
Before Starting Engine .................................... 23 Cooling System Coolant Sample (Level 2) -
Belts - Inspect/Replace ................................. 143 Obtain .......................................................... 155
Serpentine Belt .......................................... 143 Cooling System Water Temperature
Brake Accumulator - Check .......................... 143 Regulator - Replace..................................... 155
Braking System - Test ................................... 144 Crushing Prevention and Cutting Prevention.. 17
Secondary Brake Holding Ability Test ....... 144
Service Brake Holding Ability Test............. 144 D
Bucket Cutting Edges - Inspect/Replace ...... 145
Daily Inspection ............................................... 74
Bucket Linkage and Loader Cylinder
Declaration of Conformity.......................... 70–73
Bearings - Lubricate .................................... 145
Decommissioning and Disposal.................... 189
Bucket Lower Pivot Bearings - Lubricate ...... 146
Differential and Final Drive Oil - Change....... 156
Bucket Tips - Inspect/Replace ...................... 146
Differential and Final Drive Oil Level -
Bucket Tips ................................................ 146
Check........................................................... 157
K-Series Tip ............................................... 148
Differential and Final Drive Oil Sample -
Bucket Wear Plates - Inspect/Replace ......... 148
Obtain .......................................................... 157
Burn Prevention............................................... 18
Drive Shaft Spline (Center) - Lubricate ......... 158
Batteries....................................................... 18
Drive Shaft Support Bearing - Lubricate ....... 158
Coolant ........................................................ 18
Oils............................................................... 18
E
C Electrical Storm Injury Prevention ................... 23
Emissions Certification Film ............................ 69
Cab Air Filter - Clean/Replace ...................... 149
Certification Label for Emissions ................. 69
Clean Filters............................................... 149
Engine Air Filter Primary Element - Clean/
Cab Door ......................................................... 77
Replace ....................................................... 159
Camera - Clean (If Equipped) ....................... 149
Alternator Guard and Filter (If Equipped) .. 159
Camera ...................................................... 150
200 SEBU8354-09
Index Section

Engine Air Filter Secondary Element - Fuel System - Prime...................................... 167

Replace ....................................................... 160 Fuel System Primary Filter (Water
Engine Air Precleaner - Clean (If Equipped Separator) - Drain........................................ 167
).................................................................... 161 Fuel System Primary Filter (Water
Engine Crankcase Breather (Closed Separator) Element - Replace..................... 168
Circuit) - Replace......................................... 162 Fuel System Secondary Filter - Replace ...... 168
Engine Oil and Filter - Change ...................... 163 Single Secondary Fuel Filter ..................... 168
Drain the Oil ............................................... 164 Two Secondary Fuel Filters (If
Fill with Oil.................................................. 166 Equipped)................................................. 169
Install New Filters ...................................... 165 Fuel Tank Cap and Strainer - Clean .............. 169
Oil Separator Filter (Crankcase Fuel Tank Water and Sediment - Drain ......... 170
Breather) .................................................. 166 Fuses - Replace ............................................ 171
Selection of the Oil Change Interval .......... 163 Fuses ......................................................... 171
Engine Oil Level - Check............................... 162 Relays ........................................................ 172
Engine Oil Sample - Obtain........................... 163
Engine Starting.........................................24, 114 G
Start the Engine ..........................................114
Warm up the Engine and Machine .............114 General Hazard Information............................ 14
Engine Starting (Alternate Methods)............. 127 Containing Fluid Spillage............................. 16
Engine Starting with Jump Start Cables ....... 127 Dispose of Waste Properly .......................... 17
Use of Jump Start Cables.......................... 127 Fluid Penetration ......................................... 15
Engine Stopping .............................................. 25 Inhalation ..................................................... 16
Engine Valve Lash - Check ........................... 166 Pressurized Air and Water........................... 15
Equipment Lowering with Engine Stopped .... 28, Trapped Pressure ........................................ 15
120 General Information ........................................ 33
Lowering the Equipment with the Accumulator Guards............................................................. 31
Charged ................................................... 120 Guards (Operator Protection)
Lowering the Equipment with the Accumulator Other Guards (If Equipped) ......................... 32
Discharged............................................... 120 Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS), Falling
Ether Starting Aid Cylinder - Replace (If Object Protective Structure (FOPS) or Tip
Equipped) .................................................... 167 Over Protection Structure (TOPS)............. 32

F H

Fire Extinguisher Location............................... 21 High Pressure Fuel Lines ................................ 25

Fire Prevention and Explosion Prevention...... 18 Hydraulic System Oil - Change ..................... 172
Battery and Battery Cables.......................... 20 Procedure for Changing the Hydraulic
Ether ............................................................ 21 Oil............................................................. 173
Fire Extinguisher.......................................... 21 Selection of the Oil Change Interval .......... 172
General ........................................................ 18 Hydraulic System Oil Filter - Replace ........... 175
Lines, Tubes, and Hoses ............................. 21 Hydraulic System Oil Level - Check.............. 176
Wiring........................................................... 20 Hydraulic System Oil Sample - Obtain.......... 177
Foreword ........................................................... 4 Hydraulic Tank Breather - Replace ............... 177
California Proposition 65 Warning ................. 4
Certified Engine Maintenance ....................... 5 I
Literature Information .................................... 4
Identification Information ................................. 68
Machine Capacity .......................................... 5
Important Safety Information............................. 2
Maintenance .................................................. 4
Operation ....................................................... 4
Product Identification Number ....................... 5 L
Safety............................................................. 4 Leaving the Machine ..................................... 121
SEBU8354-09 201
Index Section

Lift Kickout ......................................................116 O

Lifting and Tying Down the Machine ............. 122
Oil Filter - Inspect .......................................... 178
Lubricant Viscosities (Fluids
Inspect a Used Filter for Debris ................. 178
Recommendations) ..................................... 132
Operation......................................................... 24
Biodiesel .................................................... 136
Operation Information ................................... 109
Coolant Information ................................... 136
Changing Direction and Speed ..................110
Diesel Fuel Recommendations ................. 136
Quick Coupler Function (if Equipped) ........110
Engine Oil .................................................. 132
Secondary Steering (If Equipped) ..............110
Fuel Additives ............................................ 136
Operation Section............................................ 74
General Information for Lubricants............ 132
Operator Controls............................................ 84
Hydraulic Systems..................................... 133
Autoshift Control .......................................... 86
Selecting the Viscosity............................... 132
Backup alarm............................................... 93
Special Lubricants ..................................... 135
Differential Lock (If Equipped) ................... 104
Transmission and Axles............................. 134
Directional Turn Signal and Hazard Flasher
Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities ... 132
Control ....................................................... 93
Engine Start Switch ..................................... 93
M Governor Control ......................................... 94
Machine Operation .......................................... 77 Ground Speed Limiter (If Equipped)............ 94
Machine Retrieval.......................................... 124 Heating and Air Conditioning Control .......... 95
Towing with a Running Engine .................. 125 Hydraulic Controls ....................................... 92
Towing with a Stopped Engine .................. 125 Hydraulic Lockout Control ........................... 95
Machine Security System.............................. 109 Kickout and Positioner Control .................... 96
Basic Operation ......................................... 109 Light Switches.............................................. 97
Machine Security System (If Equipped) .... 109 Loader Controls ........................................... 87
Security Management................................ 109 Operator Programmable Transmission
Maintenance Interval Schedule..................... 139 Neutralizer.................................................. 97
Every 10 Service Hours or Daily................ 139 Parking Brake Control ................................. 98
Every 100 Service Hours or 2 Weeks........ 139 Quick Coupler Control (If Equipped) ........... 99
Every 1000 Service Hours......................... 140 Rear Mirror (If Equipped)........................... 105
Every 1000 Service Hours or 6 Months..... 140 Reversing Fan Control (If Equipped)......... 100
Every 12 000 Service Hours or 6 Years..... 140 Ride Control (If Equipped) ......................... 100
Every 2000 Service Hours or 1 Year ......... 140 Service Brake Control................................ 101
Every 250 Service Hours ........................... 139 Steering Column Tilt Control ..................... 101
Every 250 Service Hours or 3 Months....... 140 Steering Control......................................... 101
Every 250 Service Hours or Monthly ......... 140 Transmission Control................................. 102
Every 3 Years............................................. 140 Video Camera (If Equipped) ...................... 105
Every 3000 Service Hours......................... 140 Window Wiper and Window Washer ......... 104
Every 50 Service Hours or Weekly............ 139 Operator Station .............................................. 31
Every 500 Service Hours ........................... 140
Every 500 Service Hours or 1 Year ........... 140 P
Every 6000 Service Hours......................... 140
Parking .....................................................27, 119
Initial 500 Service Hours............................ 140
Plate Locations and Film Locations ................ 68
When Required.......................................... 139
CE Mark ....................................................... 69
Maintenance Section..................................... 129
Product Information Section............................ 33
Maintenance Support .................................... 138
Product Link .................................................. 108
Mirror (if equipped) .......................................... 84
Data Broadcasts ........................................ 108
Mounting and Dismounting ............................. 74
Operation in a Blast Site for Product Link
Alternate Exit ............................................... 74
Radios ...................................................... 108
Machine Access System Specifications...... 74
Programmable Transmission Neutralizer ......117
202 SEBU8354-09
Index Section

Q Stay Away From Work Tool (1c) .................... 8

Safety Section ................................................... 6
Quick Coupler - Check (If Equipped) ............ 178
Seat ................................................................. 78
Contour Series Air Seat ............................... 80
R Contour Series Seat .................................... 79
Radiator Core - Clean ................................... 179 Suspension Seat ......................................... 79
Rated Load ...................................................... 34 Seat Belt .......................................................... 81
Bucket Rated Load ...................................... 34 Extension of the Seat Belt ........................... 83
Fusion Coupler ............................................ 59 Seat Belt Adjustment for Non-Retractable
Logging Fork Rated Load ............................ 53 Seat Belts................................................... 81
Rated Load for all other Work Tools ............ 56 Seat Belt Adjustment for Retractable Seat
Rated Load for Material Handling Arm ........ 50 Belts ........................................................... 83
Rated Load for Pallet Forks ......................... 46 Seat Belt - Inspect ......................................... 180
Reference Information Section ..................... 188 Seat Belt - Replace ....................................... 181
Reference Material ........................................ 188 Secondary Steering (If Equipped)..................112
Additional Reference Material ................... 189 Shipping the Machine.................................... 123
Cooling System.......................................... 188 Slope Operation .............................................. 27
Grease ....................................................... 188 Sound Information and Vibration
Hydraulic Oil .............................................. 188 Information..................................................... 28
Miscellaneous Publications ....................... 188 Sound Level Information.............................. 28
Oil............................................................... 188 Sound Level Information for Machines in
Parts Manuals............................................ 189 European Union Countries and in Countries
ROPS/FOPS Structure .............................. 189 that Adopt the “EU Directives” ................... 29
S·O·S Information...................................... 189 Sources........................................................ 31
Safety Manuals .......................................... 189 “The European Union Physical Agents
Service Manuals ........................................ 189 (Vibration) Directive 2002/44/EC”.............. 29
Specifications Manuals.............................. 189 Specifications .................................................. 33
Tools........................................................... 189 Application/Configuration Restrictions ........ 33
Reference Materials ...................................... 188 Intended Use ............................................... 33
Ride Control Accumulator - Check................ 179 Machine Data............................................... 33
Roading the Machine .................................... 123 Steering Column Play - Check ...................... 181
Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) - Steering Cylinder Bearings - Lubricate ......... 182
Inspect ......................................................... 180 924H and 924Hz........................................ 182
928Hz and 930H........................................ 182
Steering Frame Lock ....................................... 75
S
Stopping the Engine .......................................119
S·O·S Information ......................................... 137 Stopping the Engine if an Electrical
Safety Messages............................................... 6 Malfunction Occurs.......................................119
Articulation Lock (9) ..................................... 12 Stopping the Machine.....................................119
Do Not Operate (1b) ...................................... 7
Do Not Use Ether Starting Aid (6)................ 10 T
Dryer for the Refrigerant (12) ...................... 13
Ether (1a) ....................................................... 8 Table of Contents .............................................. 3
High Pressure Accumulator (3) ..................... 9 Tire Inflation - Check ..................................... 183
Improper Connections of the Jump Start Tire Inflation Information................................ 129
Cables (8) ...................................................11 Tire Inflation Pressure ................................... 129
No Clearance (2 & 10) ................................... 8 924H and 924Hz........................................ 130
Pressurized Cooling System (7)...................11 928Hz......................................................... 130
Product Link (11).......................................... 12 930H .......................................................... 131
ROPS (5) ..................................................... 10 Operating Pressure ................................... 130
Seat Belt (4) ................................................... 9 Tire Inflation with Nitrogen ......................... 129
SEBU8354-09 203
Index Section

Tire Inflation Pressure Adjustment ................ 131

Tire Inflation with Air ...................................... 129
Tire Inflation with Nitrogen............................. 129
Tire Information ............................................... 22
Towing Information ........................................ 124
Transmission Oil - Change............................ 183
Transmission Oil Filter - Replace .................. 185
Transmission Oil Level - Check..................... 185
Transmission Oil Sample - Obtain ................ 186
Transportation Information ............................ 122

V
Visibility Information ........................................ 24

W
Welding on Machines and Engines with
Electronic Controls ...................................... 138
Window Washer Reservoir - Fill .................... 186
Window Wipers - Inspect/Replace ................ 187
Windows - Clean ........................................... 187
Work Tool Positioner ......................................116
Work Tools....................................................... 28
Product and Dealer Information
Note: For product identification plate locations, see the section “Product Identification Information” in the Operation
and Maintenance Manual.

Delivery Date:

Product Information
Model:

Product Identification Number:

Engine Serial Number:

Transmission Serial Number:

Generator Serial Number:

Attachment Serial Numbers:

Attachment Information:

Customer Equipment Number:

Dealer Equipment Number:

Dealer Information
Name: Branch:

Address:

Dealer Contact Phone Number Hours

Sales:

Parts:

Service:
SEBU8354 CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective
©2020 Caterpillar logos, “Caterpillar Corporate Yellow”, the “Power Edge” and Cat
All Rights Reserved “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity
used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used
without permission.

206 December 2020